Imported Upstream version 1.40.10upstream/1.40.10

72 files changed, 17950 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94a9ed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
new file mode 120000
index 0000000..d526672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+debian/changelog
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1e89e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2011 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
+
+   Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.  This file is offered as-is,
+without warranty of any kind.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package.  The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.  Some packages provide this
+`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
+below.  The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
+necessarily a bug.  More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
+in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+   The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
+     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.  When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
+     recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
+     user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
+     privileges.
+
+  5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
+     this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
+     This target does not install anything.  Running this target as a
+     regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
+     root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
+     correctly.
+
+  6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+  7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+     files again.  In practice, not all packages have tested that
+     uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
+     GNU Coding Standards.
+
+  8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
+     distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
+     targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
+     This target is generally not run by end users.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
+is an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.  This
+is known as a "VPATH" build.
+
+   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+   On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor.  Like
+this:
+
+     ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+   This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
+absolute file name.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.  In general, the
+default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
+specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
+specifications that were not explicitly provided.
+
+   The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
+correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
+both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
+`make install' command line to change installation locations without
+having to reconfigure or recompile.
+
+   The first method involves providing an override variable for each
+affected directory.  For example, `make install
+prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
+directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
+`${prefix}'.  Any directories that were specified during `configure',
+but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
+time for the entire installation to be relocated.  The approach of
+makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
+the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
+However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
+shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
+method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
+
+   The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable.  For
+example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
+`/alternate/directory' before all installation names.  The approach of
+`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
+does not work on platforms that have drive letters.  On the other hand,
+it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
+when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
+at `configure' time.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+   Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
+execution of `make' will be.  For these packages, running `./configure
+--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
+overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
+--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
+overridden with `make V=0'.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+   On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible.  If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+   HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as
+their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
+generated files such as `configure' are involved.  Use GNU `make'
+instead.
+
+   On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `<wchar.h>' header file.  The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround.  If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+   On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'.  This
+directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
+these programs are available in `/usr/bin'.  So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
+in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
+
+   On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
+not `/usr/local'.  It is recommended to use the following options:
+
+     ./configure --prefix=/boot/common
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS
+     KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug.  Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+     Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+     `configure', and exit.  The `short' variant lists options used
+     only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+     also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+     Use DIR as the installation prefix.  *note Installation Names::
+     for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+     the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+     Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+     files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84faf44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+# Makefile for help2man
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/help2man
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+
+export SHELL = @SHELL@
+export VPATH = .:$(srcdir)
+
+DESTDIR =
+LINGUAS = $(basename $(notdir $(wildcard $(srcdir)/po/*.po)))
+
+CC = @CC@
+PERL = @PERL@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_INFO = @INSTALL_INFO@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+
+target = help2man
+preload = bindtextdomain
+
+# find file in vpath
+vpath_file = $$($(PERL) -e 'print +(grep -f, map "$$_/$$ARGV[0]", \
+    map +(length) ? $$_ : ".", split ":", $$ENV{VPATH} || ".")[0]' $(1))
+
+all: $(target) man info @extra_make_all@
+
+install: all install_base @extra_make_install@
+install_dirs:
+	$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+	$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
+	$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man1
+	$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+
+install_base: install_dirs
+	$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(target) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(call vpath_file,$(target).1) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man1
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(call vpath_file,$(target).info) \
+	    $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$(target).info
+
+	if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/dir; \
+	then \
+	    $(INSTALL_INFO) --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) \
+		$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$(target).info; \
+	fi
+
+install_preload: install_dirs preload
+	$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(preload).so $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
+
+install_l10n: install_dirs msg_l10n man_l10n
+	for lang in $(LINGUAS); \
+	do \
+	    $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(call vpath_file,po/$$lang.gmo) \
+		$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(target).mo; \
+	    $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/$$lang/man1; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(call vpath_file,$(target).$$lang.1) \
+		$(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/$$lang/man1/$(target).1; \
+	done
+
+uninstall:
+	rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(target) \
+	    $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$(preload).so \
+	    $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man1/$(target).1 \
+	    $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/*/man1/$(target).1 \
+	    $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/*/LC_MESSAGES/$(target).mo \
+	    $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$(target).info
+
+	if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/dir; \
+	then \
+	    $(INSTALL_INFO) --delete --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) \
+		$(target).info; \
+	fi
+
+clean:
+	-rm -f $(target) $(target).h2m $(target).*.h2m $(preload).so *.tmp[0-9]*
+	-rm -rf localetmp
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+	rm -f $(target).dvi $(target).aux $(target).cp $(target).cps \
+	    $(target).fn $(target).ky $(target).log $(target).pg $(target).toc \
+	    $(target).tp $(target).vr po/*.po~
+
+distclean: mostlyclean
+	-rm -rf config.cache config.log config.status Makefile autom4te.cache
+
+realclean: distclean
+	rm -f $(target).info $(target).1 $(target).*.1 po/*.gmo
+
+maintainer-clean: realclean
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/configure
+
+$(target): $(srcdir)/$(target).PL
+	$(PERL) $? @extra_extract_args@
+
+$(target).h2m: $(srcdir)/$(target).h2m.PL
+	$(PERL) $?
+
+preload: $(preload).so
+$(preload).so: $(srcdir)/$(preload).c
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ -fPIC -shared $? $(LIBS)
+
+man: $(target).1
+$(target).1: $(srcdir)/$(target).PL $(srcdir)/$(target).h2m.PL
+	$(MAKE) $(target) $(target).h2m
+	./$(target) --include=$(target).h2m --output=$@ ./$(target)
+
+msg_l10n: $(addprefix po/,$(addsuffix .gmo,$(LINGUAS)))
+po/%.gmo: $(srcdir)/po/%.po
+	test -d po || mkdir po
+	$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $?
+
+localetmp/%/LC_MESSAGES/$(target).mo: po/%.gmo
+	lang=$(patsubst localetmp/%/LC_MESSAGES/$(target).mo,%,$@); \
+	$(MKINSTALLDIRS) localetmp/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES && \
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) po/$$lang.gmo localetmp/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(target).mo
+
+man_l10n: $(addprefix $(target).,$(addsuffix .1,$(LINGUAS)))
+$(target).%.1: $(srcdir)/$(target).PL $(srcdir)/$(target).h2m.PL \
+    $(srcdir)/po/%.po
+	lang=$(patsubst $(target).%.1,%,$@); \
+	$(MAKE) $(target) $(preload).so \
+	    localetmp/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(target).mo $(target).$$lang.h2m; \
+	LD_PRELOAD=./$(preload).so LOCALEDIR=localetmp TEXTDOMAIN=help2man \
+	    ./$(target) --include=$(call vpath_file,$(target).$$lang.h2m) \
+		--output=$@ ./$(target)
+
+$(target).%.h2m: $(srcdir)/$(target).h2m.PL $(srcdir)/po/%.po
+	lang=$(patsubst $(target).%.h2m,%,$@); \
+	locale=$$(echo $$lang $$lang | \
+	     sed -n "/^$$lang"'\s/{s/^\S\+\s\+//p; q}' $(srcdir)/locales -); \
+	$(MAKE) localetmp/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(target).mo; \
+	$(PERL) $(srcdir)/$(target).h2m.PL --locale="$$locale" \
+	    --message-dir=localetmp --output=$@
+
+info: $(target).info
+$(target).info: $(srcdir)/$(target).texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) $? -o $@
+
+dvi: $(target).dvi
+$(target).dvi: $(srcdir)/$(target).texi
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $?
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+	./config.status
+
+update-po: $(srcdir)/po/$(target).pot
+	for lang in $(LINGUAS); \
+	do \
+	    echo -n "Updating $$lang "; \
+	    msgmerge -U $(srcdir)/po/$$lang.po $(srcdir)/po/$(target).pot; \
+	done
+
+$(srcdir)/po/$(target).pot: $(target) $(target).h2m.PL
+	xgettext -L Perl -k_ -kN_ -cTranslators: \
+	    --msgid-bugs-address="Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>" -o $@ $^
+
+.PHONY: all clean distclean preload man msg_l10n man_l10n info dvi install \
+    install_base install_preload install_l10n mostlyclean realclean \
+    uninstall
+
+.SUFFIXES:
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ab13c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+Version 1.40		May 28, 2011
+
+  * Update texinfo docs.
+  * Document --libtool option.
+  * Allow date format to be localised.
+  * Add Japanese translation.
+
+Version 1.39		March 8, 2011
+
+  * Add --libtool option to remove `lt-' prefix for libtool programs.
+  * Add Ukranian translation.
+  * Add Esperanto translation.
+
+Version 1.38		April 26, 2010
+
+  * Support ENVIRONMENT and FILES sections.
+  * Move all translated text into .po files (previously .h2m include
+    files were handled seperately).
+  * Submit package to the Translation Project (translationproject.org).
+  * Add Vietnamese translation.
+  * Add some comments for translators.
+
+Version 1.37		November 14, 2009
+
+  * Update GPL to v3.
+  * Add --version-string option.
+  * Add --no-discard-stderr option.
+  * Add line breaks into bug reporting section.
+  * Add Brazilian Portuguese and German translations.
+  * Select a reasonable configure default for --enable-nls.
+  * Revise preload mechanism to not require preloadable libintl.
+
+Version 1.36		October 17, 2005
+
+  * Add default territory to --locale option.
+  * Add Finnish translations.
+
+Version 1.35		November 25, 2004
+
+  * Set program name to the first word of NAME paragraph in --include
+    file if given.
+
+Version 1.34		November 20, 2004
+
+  * Escape all unescaped hyphens in output.
+  * Convert parenthesised options, eg (-F).
+  * Fix info section in SEE ALSO to use $program rather than
+    $info_page when referring to the program.
+
+Version 1.33		July 18, 2003
+
+  * Add Polish translations.
+  * Support for localised "Usage:" output.
+  * configure: add --disable-nls option; verify gettext support.
+
+Version 1.32		July 10, 2003
+
+ * Set modification time on generated help2man script so that generation
+   of man pages is dependent only on changes to the source help2man.PL
+   script.
+
+Version 1.31		July 9, 2003
+
+ * Check for errors writing to output page.
+
+Version 1.30		July 9, 2003
+
+ * Support for localised manual pages has been added (--locale option).
+
+Version 1.29		September 7, 2002
+
+ * Change info category to "GNU programming support".
+
+Version 1.28		June 4, 2002
+
+ * Add --info-page option.
+
+Version 1.27		March 19, 2002
+
+ * Allow short and long options to be separated by multiple spaces
+   rather than a comma.
+
+Version 1.26		March 9, 2002
+
+ * Documentation updates giving suggested --help output.
+
+Version 1.25		December 3, 2001
+
+ * New --source and --manual options to allow the page headers and
+   footers to be specified.
+
+ * New --help-option and --version-option options to cater for programs
+   which don't support the standard --help and --version.
+
+Version 1.24		December 22, 2000
+
+ * Allow options to be specified in the initial block of include files.
+
+Version 1.23		October 31, 2000
+
+ * Escape leading apostrophes.
+
+Version 1.022		July 7, 2000
+
+ * help2man is now officially a GNU program.  Add bug reporting
+   address and `GNU' prefix.
+
+ * configure now checks for `perl5' as well as `perl'.
+
+Version 1.021		April 16, 2000
+
+ * Create directories if required (Makefile).
+
+Version 1.020		December 30, 1999
+
+ * Remove directory from command name(s) in synopsis.
+
+Version 1.019		November 3, 1999
+
+ * Sadly, 2+ spaces *are* required to unambiguously separate options
+   from descriptions.
+
+Version 1.018		November 1, 1999
+
+ * Recognise additional synopsis lines without requiring `or:' prefix.
+ * Adjust option tagged paragraph matching so that the first option
+   argument does not require an `='.
+
+Version 1.017		October 27, 1999
+
+ * Allow --include to be used multiple times.
+ * Include files may now contain `/pattern/' which will append the text
+   following to any paragraph which matches the pattern.
+
+Version 1.016		October 25, 1999
+
+ * Handle indenting/continuation of things which look like options
+   separately.  This removes the requirement for 2+ spaces between
+   option and description, allows the description to occur on the line
+   below the option and relaxes the indent matching rules for continued
+   lines.
diff --git a/README b/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3a3bf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+		README for GNU help2man version 1.40.10
+
+help2man is a script to create simple man pages from the --help and
+--version output of programs.
+
+  http://www.gnu.org/software/help2man/
+  ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/help2man-1.40.10.tar.gz
+
+  git://anonscm.debian.org/users/bod/help2man.git
+  http://anonscm.debian.org/git/users/bod/help2man.git
+
+Since most GNU documentation is now in info format, this provides a
+way to generate a placeholder man page pointing to that resource while
+still providing some useful information.
+
+-- 
+Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
diff --git a/THANKS b/THANKS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba7c80c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/THANKS
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+A list of people who have contributed to the development of `help2man'
+by reporting problems, suggesting various improvements and submitting
+code or translations follows.
+
+Yasumichi AKAHOSHI		<yasumichi@vinelinux.org>
+Ben Asselstine			<benasselstine@hushmail.com>
+Denis Barbier			<barbier@debian.org>
+Karl Berry			<karl@freefriends.org>
+Jakub Bogusz			<qboosh@pld-linux.org>
+Paolo Bonzini			<bonzini@gnu.org>
+Felipe Castro			<fefcas@gmail.com>
+Yuri Chornoivan			<yurchor@ukr.net>
+Mo DeJong			<mdejong@cygnus.com>
+Akim Demaille			<demaille@inf.enst.fr>
+Paul Eggert			<eggert@twinsun.com>
+Mike Frysinger			<vapier@gentoo.org>
+Rodolfo Ribeiro Gomes		<rodolforg@gmail.com>
+Roland Huebner			<rh@pelikan.cologne.de>
+Thomas Huriaux			<thomas.huriaux@kti.ae.poznan.pl>
+Simon Josefsson			<simon@josefsson.org>
+Michael Kotsarinis		<mk73628@gmail.com>
+Yuri Kozlov			<yuray@komyakino.ru>
+Matt Kraai			<kraai@alumni.carnegiemellon.edu>
+Helge Kreutzmann		<debian@helgefjell.de>
+Chris Leick			<c.leick@vollbio.de>
+Werner Lemberg			<wl@gnu.org>
+Lionel Elie Mamane		<lionel@mamane.lu>
+Richard Maw			<richard.maw@codethink.co.uk>
+Jim Meyering			<jim@meyering.net>
+Dave Morrison			<dave@bnl.gov>
+Peter Moulder			<reiter@netspace.net.au>
+NIIBE Yutaka			<gniibe@fsij.org>
+Miroslav Nikolic		<miroslavnikolic@rocketmail.com>
+Daniel Nylander			<yeager@lidkoping.net>
+OKUJI Yoshinori			<okuji@kuicr.kyoto-u.ac.jp>
+Arun Persaud			<arun@nubati.net>
+François Pinard			<pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
+Richard Pixley			<rpixley@zhone.com>
+David Prévot			<david@tilapin.org>
+Savvas Radevic			<vicedar@gmail.com>
+Maciej W. Rozyc			<macro@ds2.pg.gda.pl>
+Andreas Schwab			<schwab@ls5.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+Clytie Siddall			<clytie@riverland.net.au>
+SUZUKI Shoji			<suzukis@cmpt.phys.tohoku.ac.jp>
+Reuben Thomas			<rrt@sc3d.org>
+TRẦN Ngọc Quân			<vnwildman@gmail.com>
+Patrick Tullmann		<tullmann@cs.utah.edu>
+Sven Utcke			<sven.utcke@gmx.de>
+Tommi Vainikainen		<thv+debian@iki.fi>
+Christopher Yeoh		<cyeoh@users.sourceforge.net>
+Stefano Zacchiroli		<zack@debian.org>
+Sergio Zanchetta		<primes2h@ubuntu.com>
diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ab8918
--- /dev/null
+++ b/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+dnl Local macros
+
+changequote()
+define(RIGHT_BRACKET, ])
+changequote([, ])
+
+dnl AC_PROG_PERL([MIN-VERSION])
+AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_PERL,
+[# find perl binary
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for perl])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_prog_PERL,
+[ifelse([$1],,,[echo "configure:__oline__: ...version $1 required" >&AC_FD_CC
+  ])# allow user to override
+  if test -n "$PERL"; then
+    ac_try="$PERL"
+  else
+    ac_try="perl perl5"
+  fi
+
+  for ac_prog in $ac_try; do
+    echo "configure:__oline__: trying $ac_prog" >&AC_FD_CC
+    if ($ac_prog -e 'printf "found version %g\n",$RIGHT_BRACKET dnl
+ifelse([$1],,,[;exit($RIGHT_BRACKET<$1)])') 1>&AC_FD_CC 2>&1; then
+      ac_cv_prog_PERL=$ac_prog
+      break
+    fi
+  done])dnl
+PERL="$ac_cv_prog_PERL"
+if test -n "$PERL"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($PERL)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST(PERL)dnl
+])dnl
+
+dnl Check for perl module
+dnl AC_PERL_MODULE(MODULE, [MIN-VERSION])
+AC_DEFUN(AC_PERL_MODULE,
+[# check module exists
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for module $1])
+define([AC_CV_NAME], translit([ac_cv_module_$1], [:], [_]))dnl
+AC_CACHE_VAL(AC_CV_NAME,
+[ifelse([$2],,,[echo "configure:__oline__: ...version $2 required" >&AC_FD_CC
+  ])if ($PERL -m$1[]ifelse([$2],,,[=$2]) -e 1) 1>&AC_FD_CC 2>&1; then
+    AC_CV_NAME=yes
+  else
+    AC_CV_NAME=no
+  fi
+])dnl
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$]AC_CV_NAME)
+])dnl
diff --git a/bindtextdomain.c b/bindtextdomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60471bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bindtextdomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * Nasty preload hack to allow message catalogs to be read from the build tree.
+ *
+ * export LD_PRELOAD=/usr/lib/help2man/bindtextdomain.so
+ * export TEXTDOMAIN=program
+ * export LOCALEDIR=${DESTDIR}/usr/share/locale
+ */
+
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+#define PRELOAD "bindtextdomain.so"
+
+static void die(char const *msg)
+{
+    fprintf(stderr, PRELOAD ": %s\n", msg);
+    exit(1);
+}
+
+static char *e_textdomain = 0;
+static char *e_localedir = 0;
+static char *(*r_textdomain)(char const *) = 0;
+static char *(*r_bindtextdomain)(char const *, char const *) = 0;
+static char *(*r_bind_textdomain_codeset)(char const *, char const *) = 0;
+
+void setup()
+{
+    static int done = 0;
+    if (done++)
+        return;
+
+    if (!(e_textdomain = getenv("TEXTDOMAIN")))
+	die("TEXTDOMAIN not set");
+
+    if (!(e_localedir = getenv("LOCALEDIR")))
+	die("LOCALEDIR not set");
+
+    if (!(r_textdomain = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "textdomain")))
+	die("can't find symbol \"textdomain\"");
+
+    if (!(r_bindtextdomain = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, "bindtextdomain")))
+	die("can't find symbol \"bindtextdomain\"");
+
+    if (!(r_bind_textdomain_codeset = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT,
+    					    "bind_textdomain_codeset")))
+	die("can't find symbol \"bind_textdomain_codeset\"");
+}
+
+char *textdomain(char const *domainname)
+{
+    char *r;
+    setup();
+    r = r_textdomain(domainname);
+    if (domainname && !strcmp(domainname, e_textdomain))
+        r_bindtextdomain(domainname, e_localedir);
+
+    return r;
+}
+
+char *bindtextdomain(char const *domainname, char const *dirname)
+{
+    char const *dir = dirname;
+    setup();
+    if (domainname && !strcmp(domainname, e_textdomain))
+        dir = e_localedir;
+
+    return r_bindtextdomain(domainname, dir);
+}
+
+char *bind_textdomain_codeset(char const *domainname, char const *codeset)
+{
+    char *r;
+    setup();
+    r = r_bind_textdomain_codeset(domainname, codeset);
+    if (domainname && !strcmp(domainname, e_textdomain))
+        r_bindtextdomain(domainname, e_localedir);
+
+    return r;
+}
diff --git a/configure b/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..db6b0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,4186 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
+  # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
+  if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
+    _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
+    # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+  * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+as_fn_exit 255
+  fi
+  # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
+          { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+  as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+"
+  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
+as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
+as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
+as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
+as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
+
+exitcode=0
+as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
+as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
+as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
+as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
+if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then :
+
+else
+  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
+test -x / || exit 1"
+  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
+  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
+  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1"
+  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  as_have_required=yes
+else
+  as_have_required=no
+fi
+  if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then :
+
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+as_found=false
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  as_found=:
+  case $as_dir in #(
+	 /*)
+	   for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	     # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks.
+	     as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } &&
+		    { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes
+		   if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  break 2
+fi
+fi
+	   done;;
+       esac
+  as_found=false
+done
+$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } &&
+	      { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then :
+  CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes
+fi; }
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+
+      if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+             # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+  * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+exit 255
+fi
+
+    if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
+  $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all"
+  $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system."
+  if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then
+    $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should"
+    $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later."
+  else
+    $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system,
+$0: including any error possibly output before this
+$0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run
+$0: the script under such a shell if you do have one."
+  fi
+  exit 1
+fi
+fi
+fi
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+export SHELL
+# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools.
+CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS=
+unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS
+
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Shell Functions. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+
+# as_fn_executable_p FILE
+# -----------------------
+# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
+as_fn_executable_p ()
+{
+  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+} # as_fn_executable_p
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$4"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO
+  eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" &&
+  test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || {
+  # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed -n '
+    p
+    /[$]LINENO/=
+  ' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/
+      t lineno
+      b
+      :lineno
+      N
+      :loop
+      s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/
+      t loop
+      s/-\n.*//
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
+    { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
+
+  # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have
+  # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall
+  # in an infinite loop.  This has already happened in practice.
+  _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
+  . "./$as_me.lineno"
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_test_x='test -x'
+as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_clean_files=
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+LIBOBJS=
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME=
+PACKAGE_TARNAME=
+PACKAGE_VERSION=
+PACKAGE_STRING=
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
+PACKAGE_URL=
+
+ac_unique_file="help2man.PL"
+ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS
+LIBOBJS
+INSTALL_INFO
+MAKEINFO
+INSTALL_DATA
+INSTALL_SCRIPT
+INSTALL_PROGRAM
+extra_extract_args
+extra_make_install
+extra_make_all
+OBJEXT
+EXEEXT
+ac_ct_CC
+CPPFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+CFLAGS
+CC
+MSGFMT
+PERL
+target_alias
+host_alias
+build_alias
+LIBS
+ECHO_T
+ECHO_N
+ECHO_C
+DEFS
+mandir
+localedir
+libdir
+psdir
+pdfdir
+dvidir
+htmldir
+infodir
+docdir
+oldincludedir
+includedir
+localstatedir
+sharedstatedir
+sysconfdir
+datadir
+datarootdir
+libexecdir
+sbindir
+bindir
+program_transform_name
+prefix
+exec_prefix
+PACKAGE_URL
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+PACKAGE_STRING
+PACKAGE_VERSION
+PACKAGE_TARNAME
+PACKAGE_NAME
+PATH_SEPARATOR
+SHELL'
+ac_subst_files=''
+ac_user_opts='
+enable_option_checking
+enable_nls
+'
+      ac_precious_vars='build_alias
+host_alias
+target_alias
+CC
+CFLAGS
+LDFLAGS
+LIBS
+CPPFLAGS'
+
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+ac_unrecognized_opts=
+ac_unrecognized_sep=
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.)
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datarootdir='${prefix}/share'
+datadir='${datarootdir}'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE}'
+infodir='${datarootdir}/info'
+htmldir='${docdir}'
+dvidir='${docdir}'
+pdfdir='${docdir}'
+psdir='${docdir}'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+localedir='${datarootdir}/locale'
+mandir='${datarootdir}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+ac_dashdash=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;;
+  *=)   ac_optarg= ;;
+  *)    ac_optarg=yes ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in
+  --)
+    ac_dashdash=yes ;;
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \
+  | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar)
+    ac_prev=datarootdir ;;
+  -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \
+  | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*)
+    datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do)
+    ac_prev=docdir ;;
+  -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*)
+    docdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv)
+    ac_prev=dvidir ;;
+  -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*)
+    dvidir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"enable_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht)
+    ac_prev=htmldir ;;
+  -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \
+  | --ht=*)
+    htmldir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale)
+    ac_prev=localedir ;;
+  -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*)
+    localedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd)
+    ac_prev=pdfdir ;;
+  -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*)
+    pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps)
+    ac_prev=psdir ;;
+  -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*)
+    psdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt"
+    ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt
+    ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'`
+    case $ac_user_opts in
+      *"
+"with_$ac_useropt"
+"*) ;;
+      *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig"
+	 ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';;
+    esac
+    eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    case $ac_envvar in #(
+      '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* )
+      as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;;
+    esac
+    eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then
+  case $enable_option_checking in
+    no) ;;
+    fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;;
+    *)     $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check all directory arguments for consistency.
+for ac_var in	exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \
+		datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \
+		oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \
+		libdir localedir mandir
+do
+  eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+  # Remove trailing slashes.
+  case $ac_val in
+    */ )
+      ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'`
+      eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;;
+  esac
+  # Be sure to have absolute directory names.
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* )  continue;;
+    NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;;
+  esac
+  as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val"
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" &&
+ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` &&
+ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` ||
+  as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined"
+test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" ||
+  as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory"
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory.
+  ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_myself" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then
+  test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .."
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir"
+fi
+ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work"
+ac_abs_confdir=`(
+	cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg"
+	pwd)`
+# When building in place, set srcdir=.
+if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then
+  srcdir=.
+fi
+# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir.
+# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info
+# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs.
+case $srcdir in
+*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;;
+esac
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set}
+  eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var}
+done
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking ...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --datarootdir=DIR       read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info]
+  --localedir=DIR         locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man]
+  --docdir=DIR            documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/PACKAGE]
+  --htmldir=DIR           html documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --dvidir=DIR            dvi documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --pdfdir=DIR            pdf documentation [DOCDIR]
+  --psdir=DIR             ps documentation [DOCDIR]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --enable-nls            enable support for generating localised pages
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  LIBS        libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library>
+  CPPFLAGS    (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if
+              you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+Report bugs to the package provider.
+_ACEOF
+ac_status=$?
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d "$ac_dir" ||
+      { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } ||
+      continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+    cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; }
+    # Check for guested configure.
+    if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive
+    elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then
+      echo &&
+      $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive
+    else
+      $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi || ac_status=$?
+    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+configure
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
+
+Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit
+fi
+
+## ------------------------ ##
+## Autoconf initialization. ##
+## ------------------------ ##
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO
+# --------------------------
+# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_compile ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_compile
+
+# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO
+# -----------------------
+# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded.
+ac_fn_c_try_link ()
+{
+  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+  if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+    mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; } && {
+	 test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" ||
+	 test ! -s conftest.err
+       } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
+	 test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
+	 test -x conftest$ac_exeext
+       }; then :
+  ac_retval=0
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+	ac_retval=1
+fi
+  # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information
+  # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would
+  # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is
+  # left behind by Apple's compiler.  We do this before executing the actions.
+  rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo
+  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno
+  as_fn_set_status $ac_retval
+
+} # ac_fn_c_try_link
+cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/hostinfo      = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null      || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *\'*)
+      ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;}
+{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;}
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap.
+# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    $as_echo "## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##"
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+)
+    echo
+
+    $as_echo "## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##"
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+      case $ac_val in
+      *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+      esac
+      $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      $as_echo "## ------------------- ##
+## File substitutions. ##
+## ------------------- ##"
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+	case $ac_val in
+	*\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;;
+	esac
+	$as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      $as_echo "## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##"
+      echo
+      cat confdefs.h
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* &&
+    rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h
+
+$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+ac_site_file1=NONE
+ac_site_file2=NONE
+if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  # We do not want a PATH search for config.site.
+  case $CONFIG_SITE in #((
+    -*)  ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+    */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;;
+    *)   ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;;
+  esac
+elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+  ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site
+else
+  ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site
+  ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site
+fi
+for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2"
+do
+  test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue
+  if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file" \
+      || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files
+  # actually), so we avoid doing that.  DJGPP emulates it as a regular file.
+  if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";;
+      *)                      . "./$cache_file";;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value
+  eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	# differences in whitespace do not lead to failure.
+	ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val`
+	ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val`
+	if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  ac_cache_corrupted=:
+	else
+	  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	  eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val
+	fi
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   former value:  \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;}
+	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me:   current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;}
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+## -------------------- ##
+## Main body of script. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+# find perl binary
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for perl" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for perl... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_PERL+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  echo "configure:1794: ...version 5.008 required" >&5
+  # allow user to override
+  if test -n "$PERL"; then
+    ac_try="$PERL"
+  else
+    ac_try="perl perl5"
+  fi
+
+  for ac_prog in $ac_try; do
+    echo "configure:1803: trying $ac_prog" >&5
+    if ($ac_prog -e 'printf "found version %g\n",$] ;exit($]<5.008)') 1>&5 2>&1; then
+      ac_cv_prog_PERL=$ac_prog
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+PERL="$ac_cv_prog_PERL"
+if test -n "$PERL"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PERL" >&5
+$as_echo "$PERL" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+test -z "$PERL" && as_fn_error $? "perl 5.8 required" "$LINENO" 5
+
+# check module exists
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for module Locale::gettext" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for module Locale::gettext... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if ($PERL -mLocale::gettext -e 1) 1>&5 2>&1; then
+    ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext=yes
+  else
+    ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext=no
+  fi
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext" >&6; }
+
+# Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_MSGFMT+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $MSGFMT in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+MSGFMT=$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT
+if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MSGFMT" >&5
+$as_echo "$MSGFMT" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+          if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  fi
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl.exe
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then
+    CC=""
+  else
+    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
+yes:)
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
+ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
+esac
+    CC=$ac_ct_CC
+  fi
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5
+set X $ac_compile
+ac_compiler=$2
+for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do
+  { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err
+  ac_status=$?
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    sed '10a\
+... rest of stderr output deleted ...
+         10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1
+    cat conftest.er1 >&5
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+done
+
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; }
+ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+
+# The possible output files:
+ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*"
+
+ac_rmfiles=
+for ac_file in $ac_files
+do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";;
+  esac
+done
+rm -f $ac_rmfiles
+
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'.
+# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no'
+# in a Makefile.  We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached,
+# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to
+# Autoconf.
+for ac_file in $ac_files ''
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+	if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no;
+	then :; else
+	   ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	fi
+	# We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not
+	# safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o'
+	# argument, so we may need to know it at that point already.
+	# Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of
+	# actually working.
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext=
+
+else
+  ac_file=''
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_file"; then :
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; }
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; }
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+
+rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; }
+if { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w");
+ return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0;
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out"
+# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; }
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  { { ac_try="$ac_link"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }
+  if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext'
+  { { case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; }
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { { ac_try="$ac_compile"
+case "(($ac_try" in
+  *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;;
+  *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;;
+esac
+eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\""
+$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5
+  (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  test $ac_status = 0; }; then :
+  for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue;
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;}
+as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; }
+fi
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; }
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; }
+if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+else
+  GCC=
+fi
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag
+   ac_c_werror_flag=yes
+   ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+   CFLAGS="-g"
+   cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  CFLAGS=""
+      cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+
+else
+  ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+	 CFLAGS="-g"
+	 cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+   ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; }
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+struct stat;
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters
+   inside strings and character constants.  */
+#define FOO(x) 'x'
+int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \
+	-Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+  test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+# AC_CACHE_VAL
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in
+  x)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5
+$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;;
+  xno)
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5
+$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;;
+  *)
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89"
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;;
+esac
+if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then :
+
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing dlsym" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing dlsym... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_dlsym+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char dlsym ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return dlsym ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' dl; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_dlsym=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_dlsym+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_dlsym+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_dlsym=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_dlsym" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_dlsym" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_dlsym
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for library containing bindtextdomain" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for library containing bindtextdomain... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
+   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+char bindtextdomain ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+return bindtextdomain ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+for ac_lib in '' intl; do
+  if test -z "$ac_lib"; then
+    ac_res="none required"
+  else
+    ac_res=-l$ac_lib
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+  fi
+  if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
+  ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain=$ac_res
+fi
+rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+    conftest$ac_exeext
+  if ${ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain+:} false; then :
+  break
+fi
+done
+if ${ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain+:} false; then :
+
+else
+  ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain=no
+fi
+rm conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain" >&5
+$as_echo "$ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain" >&6; }
+ac_res=$ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain
+if test "$ac_res" != no; then :
+  test "$ac_res" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_res $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+
+nls_default=yes
+test "x$ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext" = xno && nls_default=no
+test -z "$MSGFMT" && nls_default=no
+test "x$ac_cv_search_dlsym" = xno && nls_default=no
+test "x$ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain" = xno && nls_default=no
+
+# Check whether --enable-nls was given.
+if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then :
+  enableval=$enable_nls; ac_cv_enable_nls=$enableval
+else
+  ac_cv_enable_nls=$nls_default
+fi
+
+
+extra_make_all=''
+
+extra_make_install=''
+
+extra_extract_args=''
+
+if test "$ac_cv_enable_nls" = yes
+then
+    # note: the following tests should match what is used to set nls_default above
+    test "x$ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext" = xno &&
+	as_fn_error $? "perl module Locale::gettext required" "$LINENO" 5
+
+    test -z "$MSGFMT" && as_fn_error $? "gettext required" "$LINENO" 5
+
+    test "x$ac_cv_search_dlsym" = xno &&
+	as_fn_error $? "dlsym() required" "$LINENO" 5
+
+    test "x$ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain" = xno &&
+	as_fn_error $? "bindtextdomain() required" "$LINENO" 5
+
+    extra_make_all='preload man_l10n'
+    extra_make_install='install_preload install_l10n'
+    extra_extract_args='--with-gettext'
+fi
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/.." "$srcdir/../.."; do
+  if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in \"$srcdir\" \"$srcdir/..\" \"$srcdir/../..\"" "$LINENO" 5
+fi
+
+# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported,
+# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release.
+# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory
+# whose full name contains unusual characters.
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"  # Please don't use this var.
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure"  # Please don't use this var.
+
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+# Reject install programs that cannot install multiple files.
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for a BSD-compatible install... " >&6; }
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if ${ac_cv_path_install+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in #((
+  ./ | .// | /[cC]/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:[\\/]os2[\\/]install[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]OS2[\\/]INSTALL[\\/]* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+	    echo one > conftest.one
+	    echo two > conftest.two
+	    mkdir conftest.dir
+	    if "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" -c conftest.one conftest.two "`pwd`/conftest.dir" &&
+	      test -s conftest.one && test -s conftest.two &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.one &&
+	      test -s conftest.dir/conftest.two
+	    then
+	      ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	      break 3
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+rm -rf conftest.one conftest.two conftest.dir
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  Don't cache a
+    # value for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the value is a relative name.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL" >&6; }
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+# Extract the first word of "makeinfo", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy makeinfo; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_MAKEINFO+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $MAKEINFO in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_MAKEINFO="$MAKEINFO" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_path_MAKEINFO="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_MAKEINFO" && ac_cv_path_MAKEINFO=":"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+MAKEINFO=$ac_cv_path_MAKEINFO
+if test -n "$MAKEINFO"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MAKEINFO" >&5
+$as_echo "$MAKEINFO" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+# Extract the first word of "install-info", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy install-info; ac_word=$2
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
+if ${ac_cv_path_INSTALL_INFO+:} false; then :
+  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+  case $INSTALL_INFO in
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  ac_cv_path_INSTALL_INFO="$INSTALL_INFO" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_path_INSTALL_INFO="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_INSTALL_INFO" && ac_cv_path_INSTALL_INFO=":"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+INSTALL_INFO=$ac_cv_path_INSTALL_INFO
+if test -n "$INSTALL_INFO"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $INSTALL_INFO" >&5
+$as_echo "$INSTALL_INFO" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+fi
+
+
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile"
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, we kill variables containing newlines.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(
+  for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do
+    eval ac_val=\$$ac_var
+    case $ac_val in #(
+    *${as_nl}*)
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_var in #(
+      _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #(
+      BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #(
+      *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;;
+      esac ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #(
+    *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \.
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;; #(
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p"
+      ;;
+    esac |
+    sort
+) |
+  sed '
+     /^ac_cv_env_/b end
+     t clear
+     :clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     :end' >>confcache
+if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w "$cache_file"; then
+    if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+      if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then
+	cat confcache >"$cache_file"
+      else
+        case $cache_file in #(
+        */* | ?:*)
+	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ &&
+	  mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #(
+        *)
+	  mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+ac_script='
+:mline
+/\\$/{
+ N
+ s,\\\n,,
+ b mline
+}
+t clear
+:clear
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+s/^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g
+t quote
+b any
+:quote
+s/[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g
+s/\[/\\&/g
+s/\]/\\&/g
+s/\$/$$/g
+H
+:any
+${
+	g
+	s/^\n//
+	s/\n/ /g
+	p
+}
+'
+DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h`
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+U=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
+  ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"`
+  # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR.  When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR
+  #    will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built.
+  as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+
+: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}"
+ac_write_fail=0
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+as_write_fail=0
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+export SHELL
+_ASEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf.
+as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo
+# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris,
+# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh.
+if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \
+    && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='print -r --'
+  as_echo_n='print -rn --'
+elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_echo='printf %s\n'
+  as_echo_n='printf %s'
+else
+  if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then
+    as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"'
+    as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n'
+  else
+    as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"'
+    as_echo_n_body='eval
+      arg=$1;
+      case $arg in #(
+      *"$as_nl"*)
+	expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl";
+	arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;;
+      esac;
+      expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl"
+    '
+    export as_echo_n_body
+    as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo'
+  fi
+  export as_echo_body
+  as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo'
+fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word
+# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.)
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+    test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in
+# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1"
+# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there.  '((' could
+# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14.
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+
+# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD]
+# ----------------------------------------
+# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are
+# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the
+# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0.
+as_fn_error ()
+{
+  as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1
+  if test "$4"; then
+    as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
+    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4
+  fi
+  $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2
+  as_fn_exit $as_status
+} # as_fn_error
+
+
+# as_fn_set_status STATUS
+# -----------------------
+# Set $? to STATUS, without forking.
+as_fn_set_status ()
+{
+  return $1
+} # as_fn_set_status
+
+# as_fn_exit STATUS
+# -----------------
+# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context.
+as_fn_exit ()
+{
+  set +e
+  as_fn_set_status $1
+  exit $1
+} # as_fn_exit
+
+# as_fn_unset VAR
+# ---------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+as_fn_unset ()
+{
+  { eval $1=; unset $1;}
+}
+as_unset=as_fn_unset
+# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------
+# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
+# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over
+# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive
+# implementations.
+if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1+=\$2
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_append ()
+  {
+    eval $1=\$$1\$2
+  }
+fi # as_fn_append
+
+# as_fn_arith ARG...
+# ------------------
+# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the
+# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments
+# must be portable across $(()) and expr.
+if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then :
+  eval 'as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  as_fn_arith ()
+  {
+    as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1`
+  }
+fi # as_fn_arith
+
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+   test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_dirname=dirname
+else
+  as_dirname=false
+fi
+
+as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T=
+case `echo -n x` in #(((((
+-n*)
+  case `echo 'xy\c'` in
+  *c*) ECHO_T='	';;	# ECHO_T is single tab character.
+  xy)  ECHO_C='\c';;
+  *)   echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null
+       ECHO_T='	';;
+  esac;;
+*)
+  ECHO_N='-n';;
+esac
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+if test -d conf$$.dir; then
+  rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file
+else
+  rm -f conf$$.dir
+  mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+fi
+if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then
+  if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    # ... but there are two gotchas:
+    # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
+    # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
+    # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
+    ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
+      as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+    as_ln_s=ln
+  else
+    as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+  fi
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -pR'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
+rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
+
+
+# as_fn_mkdir_p
+# -------------
+# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary.
+as_fn_mkdir_p ()
+{
+
+  case $as_dir in #(
+  -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;;
+  esac
+  test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || {
+    as_dirs=
+    while :; do
+      case $as_dir in #(
+      *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'(
+      *) as_qdir=$as_dir;;
+      esac
+      as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+      test -d "$as_dir" && break
+    done
+    test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs"
+  } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir"
+
+
+} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"'
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+
+# as_fn_executable_p FILE
+# -----------------------
+# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
+as_fn_executable_p ()
+{
+  test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+} # as_fn_executable_p
+as_test_x='test -x'
+as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+exec 6>&1
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ##
+## ----------------------------------- ##
+_ASEOF
+test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.
+ac_log="
+This file was extended by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+case $ac_config_files in *"
+"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;;
+esac
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+config_files="$ac_config_files"
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions
+from templates according to the current configuration.  Unless the files
+and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number and configuration settings, then exit
+      --config     print configuration, then exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent
+                   do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+      --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Report bugs to the package provider."
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
+ac_cs_version="\\
+config.status
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
+  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+
+ac_pwd='$ac_pwd'
+srcdir='$srcdir'
+INSTALL='$INSTALL'
+test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=?*)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  --*=)
+    ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  *)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;;
+  --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;;
+  --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    case $ac_optarg in
+    *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;;
+    esac
+    as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --he | --h |  --help | --hel | -h )
+    $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1'
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1"
+     ac_need_defaults=false ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+  shift
+  \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
+  CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
+  export CONFIG_SHELL
+  exec "\$@"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+  $as_echo "$ac_log"
+} >&5
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+
+# Handling of arguments.
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case $ac_config_target in
+    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+
+  *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  esac
+done
+
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Hook for its removal unless debugging.
+# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned:
+# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'.
+$debug ||
+{
+  tmp= ac_tmp=
+  trap 'exit_status=$?
+  : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}"
+  { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status
+' 0
+  trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15
+}
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
+} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5
+ac_tmp=$tmp
+
+# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section.
+# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'.
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+
+
+ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'`
+# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr.
+# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this
+# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback.
+if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then
+  eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\'
+fi
+ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null`
+if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then
+  ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r'
+else
+  ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr
+fi
+
+echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" &&
+_ACEOF
+
+
+{
+  echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" &&
+  echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' &&
+  echo "_ACEOF"
+} >conf$$subs.sh ||
+  as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'`
+ac_delim='%!_!# '
+for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do
+  . ./conf$$subs.sh ||
+    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+  ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X`
+  if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then
+    break
+  elif $ac_last_try; then
+    as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+  else
+    ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! "
+  fi
+done
+rm -f conf$$subs.sh
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK &&
+_ACEOF
+sed -n '
+h
+s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/
+p
+g
+s/^[^!]*!//
+:repl
+t repl
+s/'"$ac_delim"'$//
+t delim
+:nl
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/
+p
+n
+b repl
+:more1
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t nl
+:delim
+h
+s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/
+t more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/
+p
+b
+:more2
+s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/
+p
+g
+s/.\{148\}//
+t delim
+' <conf$$subs.awk | sed '
+/^[^""]/{
+  N
+  s/\n//
+}
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1
+rm -f conf$$subs.awk
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+_ACAWK
+cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK &&
+  for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1
+  FS = ""
+
+}
+{
+  line = $ 0
+  nfields = split(line, field, "@")
+  substed = 0
+  len = length(field[1])
+  for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) {
+    key = field[i]
+    keylen = length(key)
+    if (S_is_set[key]) {
+      value = S[key]
+      line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3)
+      len += length(value) + length(field[++i])
+      substed = 1
+    } else
+      len += 1 + keylen
+  }
+
+  print line
+}
+
+_ACAWK
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+  sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g"
+else
+  cat
+fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+  || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5
+_ACEOF
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=[	 ]*/{
+h
+s///
+s/^/:/
+s/[	 ]*$/:/
+s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g
+s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g
+s/:@srcdir@:/:/g
+s/^:*//
+s/:*$//
+x
+s/\(=[	 ]*\).*/\1/
+G
+s/\n//
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//
+}'
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+
+eval set X "  :F $CONFIG_FILES      "
+shift
+for ac_tag
+do
+  case $ac_tag in
+  :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_mode$ac_tag in
+  :[FHL]*:*);;
+  :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+  :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;;
+  :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;;
+  esac
+  ac_save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=:
+  set x $ac_tag
+  IFS=$ac_save_IFS
+  shift
+  ac_file=$1
+  shift
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :L) ac_source=$1;;
+  :[FH])
+    ac_file_inputs=
+    for ac_f
+    do
+      case $ac_f in
+      -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";;
+      *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree
+	 # (if the path is not absolute).  The absolute path cannot be DOS-style,
+	 # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'.
+	 test -f "$ac_f" ||
+	   case $ac_f in
+	   [\\/$]*) false;;
+	   *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";;
+	   esac ||
+	   as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+      esac
+      case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac
+      as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'"
+    done
+
+    # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+    # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+    #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+    configure_input='Generated from '`
+	  $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g'
+	`' by configure.'
+    if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+      configure_input="$ac_file.  $configure_input"
+      { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    fi
+    # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings.
+    case $configure_input in #(
+    *\&* | *\|* | *\\* )
+       ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" |
+       sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #(
+    *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;;
+    esac
+
+    case $ac_tag in
+    *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \
+      || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  /^X\(\/\).*/{
+	    s//\1/
+	    q
+	  }
+	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+case "$ac_dir" in
+.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+*)
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'`
+  # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'`
+  case $ac_top_builddir_sub in
+  "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;;
+  *)  ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;;
+  esac ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd
+ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix
+# for backward compatibility:
+ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute name.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative name.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir
+    ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;;
+esac
+ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+
+
+  case $ac_mode in
+  :F)
+  #
+  # CONFIG_FILE
+  #
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_build_prefix$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it.
+# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60.
+ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen=
+ac_sed_dataroot='
+/datarootdir/ {
+  p
+  q
+}
+/@datadir@/p
+/@docdir@/p
+/@infodir@/p
+/@localedir@/p
+/@mandir@/p'
+case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in
+*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;;
+*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*)
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;}
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+  ac_datarootdir_hack='
+  s&@datadir@&$datadir&g
+  s&@docdir@&$docdir&g
+  s&@infodir@&$infodir&g
+  s&@localedir@&$localedir&g
+  s&@mandir@&$mandir&g
+  s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;;
+esac
+_ACEOF
+
+# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'.
+# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub.
+# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature?
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t
+s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t
+s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t
+s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t
+s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t
+s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t
+s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t
+s&@INSTALL@&$ac_INSTALL&;t t
+$ac_datarootdir_hack
+"
+eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \
+  >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+
+test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[	 ]*datarootdir[	 ]*:*=/p' \
+      "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } &&
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir'
+which seems to be undefined.  Please make sure it is defined" >&2;}
+
+  rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin"
+  case $ac_file in
+  -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";;
+  *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";;
+  esac \
+  || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5
+ ;;
+
+
+
+  esac
+
+done # for ac_tag
+
+
+as_fn_exit 0
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+test $ac_write_fail = 0 ||
+  as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1
+fi
+if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;}
+fi
+
diff --git a/configure.in b/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2553ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+
+AC_INIT(help2man.PL)
+AC_PROG_PERL(5.008)
+test -z "$PERL" && AC_MSG_ERROR([perl 5.8 required])
+
+AC_PERL_MODULE(Locale::gettext)
+AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt)
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlsym, dl)
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(bindtextdomain, intl)
+
+nls_default=yes
+test "x$ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext" = xno && nls_default=no
+test -z "$MSGFMT" && nls_default=no
+test "x$ac_cv_search_dlsym" = xno && nls_default=no
+test "x$ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain" = xno && nls_default=no
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([nls], AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-nls],
+	[enable support for generating localised pages]),
+	[ac_cv_enable_nls=$enableval], [ac_cv_enable_nls=$nls_default])
+
+AC_SUBST(extra_make_all, '')
+AC_SUBST(extra_make_install, '')
+AC_SUBST(extra_extract_args, '')
+if test "$ac_cv_enable_nls" = yes
+then
+    # note: the following tests should match what is used to set nls_default above
+    test "x$ac_cv_module_Locale__gettext" = xno &&
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([perl module Locale::gettext required])
+
+    test -z "$MSGFMT" && AC_MSG_ERROR([gettext required])
+
+    test "x$ac_cv_search_dlsym" = xno &&
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([dlsym() required])
+
+    test "x$ac_cv_search_bindtextdomain" = xno &&
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([bindtextdomain() required])
+
+    extra_make_all='preload man_l10n'
+    extra_make_install='install_preload install_l10n'
+    extra_extract_args='--with-gettext'
+fi
+
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PATH_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, :)
+AC_PATH_PROG(INSTALL_INFO, install-info, :)
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/debian/README b/debian/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7afaea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/README
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+An example --include file.  This is used to create help2man's own man
+page:
+
+  $ help2man --include=help2man.h2m help2man
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..856f2fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+help2man (1.40.10) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Greek translation (thanks to Savvas Radevic).
+  * Update Serbian translation (thanks to Мирослав Николић).
+  * Update German translation (thanks to Arun Persaud).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Sat, 12 May 2012 13:54:58 +1000
+
+help2man (1.40.9) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Japanese translation (thanks to Yasumichi Akahoshi).
+  * Update Esperanto translation (thanks to Felipe Castro).
+  * Update Vietnamese translation (thanks to Trần Ngọc Quân).
+  * Update German translation (thanks to Chris Leick, closes: #669564).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Fri, 20 Apr 2012 21:35:43 +1000
+
+help2man (1.40.8) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update French translation (thanks to David Prévot).
+  * Update Italian translation (thanks to Sergio Zanchetta).
+  * Update Polish translation (thanks to Jakub Bogusz).
+  * Update Russian translation (thanks to Yuri Kozlov).
+  * Update Ukranian translation (thanks to Yuri Chornoivan).
+  * Modify self-extracting scripts to output to a temporary file.
+  * Ensure that help2man exists before building manual pages (as reported
+    by Richard Maw).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Sun, 08 Apr 2012 23:10:20 +1000
+
+help2man (1.40.7) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Greek translation (thanks to Savvas Radevic).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Mon, 19 Mar 2012 21:28:41 +1100
+
+help2man (1.40.6) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update years in debian/copyright.
+  * Fix FSF address in comments (thanks to Paul Eggert).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Sun, 12 Feb 2012 22:39:25 +1100
+
+help2man (1.40.5) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Clean up some lintian warnings: build-targets, source format and
+    standards version.
+  * Add Serbian translation (thanks to Miroslav Nikolic).
+  * Fix trivial translation changes due to additional copyright year.
+  * Minor fix to Italian translation.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Mon, 02 Jan 2012 20:50:50 +1100
+
+help2man (1.40.4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Brazilian Portuguese translation (thanks to Rodolfo Ribeiro
+    Gomes).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Mon, 20 Jun 2011 11:29:04 +1000
+
+help2man (1.40.3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Esperanto translation (thanks to Felipe Castro).
+  * Update links to git repository.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Tue, 14 Jun 2011 10:08:53 +1000
+
+help2man (1.40.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Remove a superfluous period from texinfo doc.
+  * Change footnote about supported languages to a simple paragraph.
+  * Update Italian translation (thanks to Sergio Zanchetta).
+  * Update Ukrainian translation (thanks to Yuri Chornoivan).
+  * Update French translation (thanks to David Prévot).
+  * Update Japanese translation (thanks to Yasumichi Akahoshi).
+  * Update Russian translation (thanks to Yuri Kozlov).
+  * Update Polish translation (thanks to Jakub Bogusz).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Wed, 01 Jun 2011 08:04:45 +1000
+
+help2man (1.40.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update texinfo docs with recommendations kindly provided by Karl
+    Berry.
+  * Document --libtool option.
+  * Fixup references to GNU Standards.
+  * Allow date format to be localised (thanks to Yasumichi Akahoshi).
+  * Add Japanese translation (thanks to Yasumichi Akahoshi).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Sun, 29 May 2011 11:31:14 +1000
+
+help2man (1.39.4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Italian translation (thanks to Sergio Zanchetta).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Wed, 11 May 2011 22:58:55 +1000
+
+help2man (1.39.3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update French translation (thanks to David Prévot, closes: #620250).
+  * Update the "Localised man pages" section of the Texinfo docs and note that
+    translations are now handled through the Translation Project.
+  * Update German translation (thanks to Chris Leick, closes: #624401).
+  * Minor update to German translation as suggested by Werner Lemberg in
+    http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=26828512
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Sun, 01 May 2011 10:35:38 +1000
+
+help2man (1.39.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Russian translation (thanks to Yuri Kozlov).
+  * Update Ukranian translation (thanks to Yuri Chornoivan).
+  * Update Polish translation (thanks to Jakub Bogusz).
+  * Add Esperanto translation (thanks to Felipe Castro).
+  * Update Finnish translation (thanks to Tommi Vainikainen).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Tue, 08 Mar 2011 22:33:01 +1100
+
+help2man (1.39.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Add option to remove `lt-' prefix for libtool programs (thanks to
+    Ben Asselstine).
+  * Add Ukranian translation (thanks to Yuri Chornoivan).
+  * Update Russian translation (thanks to Yuri Kozlov).
+  * Update Polish translation (thanks to Jakub Bogusz).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Mon, 28 Feb 2011 11:15:44 +1100
+
+help2man (1.38.4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Add Italian translation (thanks to Sergio Zanchetta).
+  * Don't double encode $date in the header.
+  * Use UTF-8 encoding for all manual pages.
+  * Add Greek translation (thanks to Michael Kotsarinis).
+  * Update French translation (thanks to David Prévot, closes: #590580).
+  * Update German translation (thanks to Helge Kreutzmann, closes: #590975).
+  * Use INSTALL_SCRIPT to install Perl script.
+  * Remove deprecated DH_COMPAT in debian/rules, adding debian/compat.
+  * Add ${misc:Depends}.
+  * Don't ignore errors from distclean.
+  * Fix Brazilian, Russian and Italian translations (placement of period was
+    causing text to be interpreted as a macro).
+  * Update standards version to 3.9.1.
+  * Add missing dependency on dpkg/install-info.
+  * Strip bindtextdomain.so preload.
+  * Install preload into $(libdir)/help2man.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Tue, 28 Dec 2010 15:43:36 +1100
+
+help2man (1.38.3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Apply patch from Mike Frysinger to allow "make install -j" to work.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Sun, 04 Jul 2010 12:17:17 +1000
+
+help2man (1.38.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Finnish translation (thanks to Tommi Vainikainen).
+  * Add Russian translation (thanks to Yuri Kozlov).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Tue, 27 Apr 2010 19:00:04 +1000
+
+help2man (1.38.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Add support for ENVIRONMENT and FILES sections (Sven Utcke).
+  * Ensure THANKS file includes translators.
+  * Fix handling of translated --no-discard-stderr instruction.
+  * Move tranlsated .h2m contents into .po files.
+  * Update Polish translation (thanks to Jakub Bogusz).
+  * Add Vietnamese translation (thanks to Clytie Siddall).
+  * Add some comments for translators.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Mon, 26 Apr 2010 15:59:32 +1000
+
+help2man (1.37.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Fix typo in comment (Paul Eggert).
+  * Move cvs repository to git.
+  * Remove extraneous whitespace from debian/rules.
+  * Sanity check that version in help2man.PL matches debian/changelog.
+  * Handle automake directory with explicit version number.
+  * Integrate NMU, thanks Stefano.
+  * Add @datarootdir@ used by new autoconf.
+  * Add --no-discard-stderr option, suggest use if no stdout (closes: #138752).
+  * Add VCS fields to debian/control.
+  * Update copyright years.
+  * Anchor [section] and /pattern/ matches for include files so that
+    pathnames are not matched by the latter (Reuben Thomas).
+  * Add line breaks into bug reporting section (Jim Meyering).
+  * Clarify that the section output order contains optional items (Rueben).
+  * Match "Report <prog> bugs to ..." (Jim).
+  * Add Brazilian Portuguese translation (Rodolfo Ribeiro Gomes).
+  * Add German translation (Chris Leick, closes: #547154).
+  * Remove addition of default territory to locale (closes: #336298).
+  * Set locale via argument embedded in .h2m files.
+  * Select a reasonable configure default for --enable-nls.
+  * Parse program output and include files in the chartset given by --locale. 
+  * Conditionally include gettext support at extraction, rather than run-time.
+  * Revise preload mechanism to not require preloadable libintl.
+  * Document recommended suffixes for --include files (Simon Josefsson).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Wed, 09 Dec 2009 08:35:45 +1100
+
+help2man (1.36.4+nmu1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Non-maintainer upload.
+  * Bump debhelper compatibility level to 5 (4 is deprecated now), move
+    the setting to debian/compat
+  * Add missing dependency on ${shlibs:Depends}, neede by the .so file
+    shipped by help2man
+  * Add --version-string option to support programs which are missing some
+    sort of --version option. Thanks to Lionel Elie Mamane for the patch.
+    (Closes: #494739)
+
+ -- Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@debian.org>  Fri, 17 Apr 2009 12:35:34 +0200
+
+help2man (1.36.4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Add sv translation from Daniel Nylander (closes: #349568).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Tue, 28 Feb 2006 00:42:19 +1100
+
+help2man (1.36.3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Updated fr translation from Denis Barbier (closes: #338995).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Mon, 14 Nov 2005 22:57:23 +1100
+
+help2man (1.36.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Updated po translation from Jakub Bogusz.
+  * Makefile.in: $(srcdir) fix from Paul Eggert (closes: #335741).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Sat, 29 Oct 2005 16:46:16 +1000
+
+help2man (1.36.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Add default territory to --locale option.
+  * Add Finnish translations (thanks to Tommi Vainikainen,
+    closes #332444).
+  * Correctly update .pot and .po files (thanks to Thomas Huriaux,
+    closes: #331678).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Mon, 17 Oct 2005 01:38:59 +1000
+
+help2man (1.35.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * help2man.texi: spelling corrections (closes: #328671).
+  * debian/rules: configure --host on cross build (closes: #284701).
+  * debian/rules: set DH_COMPAT to 4.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Tue,  4 Oct 2005 22:14:26 +1000
+
+help2man (1.35.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Set program name to the first word of NAME paragraph in --include
+    file if given.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Thu, 25 Nov 2004 21:06:58 +1100
+
+help2man (1.34.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Update Polish translation (thanks to Jakub Bogusz).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Wed, 24 Nov 2004 00:28:29 +1100
+
+help2man (1.34.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Escape all unescaped hyphens in output (closes: #263803).
+  * Convert parenthesised options, eg (-F).
+  * info section in SEE ALSO should use $program rather than $info_page
+    when referring to the program (thanks to Jim Mayering).
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Sat, 20 Nov 2004 09:54:13 +1100
+
+help2man (1.33.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Allow "Usage" to be localised.
+  * Add Polish translations (thanks to Jakub Bogusz).
+  * Add --enable-nls/--disable-nls configure option.
+  * Add back gettext and libgettext-perl build-depends (for configure).
+  * Check for Locale::gettext, gettext and usability of
+    preloadable_libintl.so.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Fri, 18 Jul 2003 00:14:25 +1000
+
+help2man (1.32.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Build preload with -fPIC.  Closes: #200632.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Thu, 10 Jul 2003 07:57:56 +1000
+
+help2man (1.32.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Set times on generated help2man so pages don't need to be
+    regenerated.  Remove some associated build-deps.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Thu, 10 Jul 2003 00:13:42 +1000
+
+help2man (1.31.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Fix quoting in generation of README file.
+  * Changed to arch=any due to inclusion of the LD_PRELOAD library.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Wed,  9 Jul 2003 22:59:28 +1000
+
+help2man (1.31.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Oops, might help to actually *install* the message catalog.
+  * Check for errors writing output (suggested by Jim Meyering).
+  * Work around an odd regex bug under perl 5.6+ where /^ {0}(\S.*)\n/
+    doesn't match correctly.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Wed,  9 Jul 2003 20:20:02 +1000
+
+help2man (1.30.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Add support for localised manual pages (closes #183671).  Many
+    thanks to Denis Barbier for patches, advice and French
+    translations.
+
+  * Import RCS files to CVS.
+  * Convert to native Debian package.
+
+ -- Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>  Tue,  8 Jul 2003 23:57:44 +1000
+
+Sat Sep  7 02:13:05 2002  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@debian.org>
+
+	* help2man.texi: Change @dircategory to "GNU programming support"
+	  (Karl Berry). Change @setchapternewpage to "on" (Peter Moulder).
+
+	* Makefile.in: Added some more GNU standard targets (Peter
+	  Moulder).
+
+	* Makefile.in, help2man.h2m: Rename help2man.aux to .h2m to avoid
+	  clashing with tex.
+
+	* help2man.PL: version bump
+
+Tue Jun  4 00:53:18 2002  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@debian.org>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Expand copyright years (Paul Eggert).  Provide
+	  --info-page option (Bonzini).
+
+	* README.sh: hrm, different awk...
+
+Tue Mar 19 23:52:37 2002  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@debian.org>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Allow short and long options to be separated by
+	  multiple spaces (Paul Eggert).
+
+Sat Mar  9 23:54:01 2002  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@debian.org>
+
+	* help2man.PL: version bump for doc changes
+	* help2man.texi: Add --help recommendations from Karl Berry (& co.)
+
+Mon Dec  3 19:02:26 2001  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@debian.org>
+
+	* README.sh: Change email address
+	* configure.in: Require perl 5.005
+	* help2man.PL, help2man.texi: Add --source, --manual, --help-option
+	  and --version-option; change email address; update copyright
+
+Fri Dec 22 23:17:11 2000  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Process options given in the block before the first
+	  section of an include file (suggested by Akim Demaille).
+
+	* help2man.aux: Document option parsing of initial include file
+	  segment.
+
+	* help2man.texi: Use @pxref rather than @xref (Karl Berry).
+	  Document option parsing of initial include file segment.
+
+Tue Oct 31 17:07:30 2000  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Add protection for leading apostrophes (reported by
+	  Matt Kraai). Don't zero-pad version.
+
+Fri Jul  7 16:16:18 2000  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* README.sh: Add GNU prefix
+	* aclocal.m4: (add) autoconf support
+	* configure.in: Use AC_PROG_PERL from aclocal.m4 to find perl
+	  (checks for perl and perl5)
+
+	* help2man.PL: Add GNU prefix, bug reporting address
+	* help2man.aux: Remove ozemail URL
+	* help2man.texi: Add GNU prefix, bug reporting address. Remove
+	  ozemail URL
+
+Sun Apr 16 00:18:41 2000  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add mkinstalldirs (as reqested by Dave Morrison,
+	  Patrick Tullmann and Mo DeJong)
+
+	* help2man.PL: Version bump
+
+Thu Dec 30 01:29:12 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.texi: Correct typo
+
+Thu Nov 11 03:16:25 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Remove directories from synopsis
+
+Wed Nov  3 17:39:50 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Revise tagged paragraph matching *again*
+
+Mon Nov  1 21:50:36 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Allow multiple synopsis entries (w/- `or:'). Single
+	  options may have argument w/- `='.
+
+	* help2man.texi: Add /pattern/
+	* configure.in: Add MAKEINFO/INSTALL_INFO
+	* Makefile.in: Install help2man.info
+
+Wed Oct 27 16:02:00 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Allow --include to be specified multiple times. Add
+	  /pattern/.
+
+	* help2man.aux: Document /pattern/ syntax
+
+Mon Oct 25 22:36:16 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Fix odd /^x|^y/ pre-5.005 perl bug. Split tagged
+	  paragraph logic into option/other. Protect leading periods in
+	  continuation lines.
+
+	* THANKS to Roland Huebner for extensive bug report.
+	* Add NEWS file
+
+Tue Oct 12 16:25:23 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Protect leading dots (1.14: not released)
+
+	* README.sh, help2man.aux: Add ftp.gnu.org URL
+	* help2man.PL: Allow fixed-pitch examples where prefixed by $,
+	  % or > (for Akim)
+
+Thu Sep  2 19:43:02 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Fix typo in --help (Jim Meyering)
+	  Escape backslashes (Andreas Schwab/Peter Moulder)
+
+	* help2man.texi: (add) Texinfo docs for help2man
+
+Thu Jun 24 12:17:50 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Add --section option (from Okuji Yoshinori). Fixes
+	  to option handling and inter-paragraph breaks.
+
+Thu Jun 17 19:45:08 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Defer option formatting until after paragraph
+	  continuation handling
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: (add) autoconf support
+        * configure, makefile.dist: (remove) autoconf support
+	* README.in: Rename to README.sh (so as not to be confused with
+	  autoconf files)
+
+Wed Mar 24 21:47:18 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Improved tagged paragraph/continuation handling
+
+Thu Feb 25 15:58:30 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* README.in, help2man.aux: Add URL for distribution
+	* help2man.PL: Increment revision (changes to help2man.aux)
+
+Thu Jan 21 14:46:48 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Update copyright
+	* makefile.dist: Add help2man.1 to `all' target
+
+Mon Jan 11 10:42:04 1999  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Handle version output with `Free' as well as `GNU'.
+	  Missing backslash in initial comment (from Andreas Schwab)
+
+Thu Dec 10 12:50:10 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Experimental NLS version on main trunk (1.6-1.8)
+	  pruned, rejoined branch 1.5.1.4 as 1.6
+
+	  Cleaned up version format and removed François' name from
+	  the code (at his suggestion).
+
+	* README.in: (add) Description for help2man
+	* configure: (add) Dodgy configure script for help2man
+	* help2man.aux: (add) Include file for help2man man page
+	* makefile.dist: (add) Dodgy makefile for help2man
+
+Wed Nov 25 11:31:09 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Join hyphenated lines in --version output
+
+Tue Oct 20 20:44:46 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Fix strftime locale (from Akim Demaille), add
+	  --no-info option
+
+Tue Oct  6 10:05:20 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Remove --manhelp/oneliner mechanism
+
+Sat Aug 29 04:50:02 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Add --include/--opt-include options and Clark
+	  Morgan's --manhelp/oneliner parsing. Merged changes from Karl
+	  Berry.
+
+Thu Feb 26 10:38:34 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Fix synopsis and revert `use version' to `require
+	  version' as perl5.003 doesn't grok the former
+
+Mon Feb 23 11:54:13 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Add --output
+
+Fri Feb 20 15:14:22 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Made self-extracting .PL for portability; Some
+	  enhancements to work with a2ps for Akim
+
+Thu Feb 19 10:16:58 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: Fix DESCRIPTION mis-spell (from Akim Demaille)
+
+Thu Jan 22 16:53:32 1998  Brendan O'Dea  <bod@compusol.com.au>
+
+	* help2man.PL: (add) Generate man page from a program's --version
+	  and --help output
diff --git a/debian/compat b/debian/compat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45a4fb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/compat
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+8
diff --git a/debian/control b/debian/control
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14cf5f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/control
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Source: help2man
+Section: devel
+Priority: optional
+Maintainer: Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+Standards-Version: 3.9.2
+Build-Depends: perl (>= 5.8.0-7), debhelper (>= 8), gettext (>= 0.12.1), liblocale-gettext-perl
+Vcs-Git: git://anonscm.debian.org/users/bod/help2man.git
+Vcs-Browser: http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=users/bod/help2man.git
+
+Package: help2man
+Architecture: any
+Depends: ${perl:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends}, liblocale-gettext-perl, dpkg (>= 1.15.4) | install-info
+Description: Automatic manpage generator
+ Program to create simple man pages from the --help and
+ --version output of other programs.
+ .
+ Since most GNU documentation is now in info format, this provides a
+ way to generate a placeholder man page pointing to that resource while
+ still providing some useful information.
diff --git a/debian/copyright b/debian/copyright
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4998cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/copyright
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009,
+2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+
+help2man is licenced under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL)
+version 3 or later, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+On Debian GNU/Linux systems, the text of the GPL can be found in
+/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+
+It may be downloaded from:
+
+    http://packages.debian.org/unstable/devel/help2man.html or
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
diff --git a/debian/docs b/debian/docs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f879e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/docs
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+NEWS README THANKS
diff --git a/debian/examples b/debian/examples
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..563acea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/examples
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+debian/README help2man.h2m
diff --git a/debian/rules b/debian/rules
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4ac59c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/rules
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+#!/usr/bin/make -f
+
+# Debian build rules for help2man.
+
+SHELL = /bin/bash
+DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)
+DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE  := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)
+
+ifneq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE),$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))
+ CONFARGS = --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)
+endif
+
+build: build-arch build-indep
+build-arch build-indep: build-stamp
+build-stamp:
+	dh_testdir
+	./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-nls --mandir='$${prefix}/share/man' \
+	    --infodir='$${prefix}/share/info' $(CONFARGS)
+
+	$(MAKE)
+	$(MAKE) help2man.h2m # for examples
+	touch build-stamp
+
+clean:
+	test README -nt help2man.PL # maintainer sanity check
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	[ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) distclean
+	rm -f build-stamp install-stamp
+	dh_clean
+
+install: install-stamp
+install-stamp: build-stamp
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	dh_prep
+	dh_installdirs
+	$(MAKE) install DESTDIR=$(CURDIR)/debian/help2man
+	touch install-stamp
+
+# Build architecture-independent files here.
+binary-arch: build install
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	dh_installdocs
+	dh_installinfo
+	dh_installexamples
+	dh_installchangelogs
+	dh_strip
+	dh_compress
+	dh_fixperms
+	dh_perl -V
+	dh_installdeb
+	dh_shlibdeps
+	dh_gencontrol
+	dh_md5sums
+	dh_builddeb
+
+# Build architecture-dependent files here.
+binary-indep: build install
+# We have nothing to do by default.
+
+source diff:
+	@echo >&2 'source and diff are obsolete - use dpkg-source -b'; false
+
+# maintainer pre-release setup
+AM = COPYING INSTALL install-sh mkinstalldirs
+AM_DIR = $(shell ls -d /usr/share/automake* 2>/dev/null | tail -1)
+VERSION = $(shell ./help2man.PL --version)
+maint-prep:
+	test -n $(AM_DIR)
+	test `dpkg-parsechangelog | sed -n 's/^Version:\s\+//p'` = $(VERSION)
+	cp $(addprefix $(AM_DIR)/,$(AM)) .
+	(echo "		README for GNU help2man version $(VERSION)"; \
+	 echo; \
+	 echo "help2man is a script to create simple man pages from the --help and"; \
+	 echo "--version output of programs."; \
+	 echo ""; \
+	 echo "  http://www.gnu.org/software/help2man/"; \
+	 echo "  ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/help2man-$(VERSION).tar.gz"; \
+	 echo ""; \
+	 echo "  git://anonscm.debian.org/users/bod/help2man.git"; \
+	 echo "  http://anonscm.debian.org/git/users/bod/help2man.git"; \
+	 echo ""; \
+	 echo "Since most GNU documentation is now in info format, this provides a"; \
+	 echo "way to generate a placeholder man page pointing to that resource while"; \
+	 echo "still providing some useful information."; \
+	 echo ""; \
+	 echo "-- "; \
+	 echo "Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>") >README
+	ln -sf debian/changelog ChangeLog
+	autoconf
+	./configure
+	$(MAKE) update-po all distclean
+
+maint-clean: maint-prep
+	./configure
+	$(MAKE) maintainer-clean
+	rm -f README ChangeLog $(AM)
+
+binary: binary-indep binary-arch
+.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary maint-prep maint-clean
diff --git a/debian/source/format b/debian/source/format
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89ae9db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/debian/source/format
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+3.0 (native)
diff --git a/help2man.1 b/help2man.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5402f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.1
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "June 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "User Commands"
+.SH NAME
+help2man \- generate a simple manual page
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B help2man
+[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fIEXECUTABLE\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+`help2man' generates a man page out of `\-\-help' and `\-\-version' output.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+description for the NAME paragraph
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISECTION\fR
+section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+name of manual (User Commands, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+select locale (default "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+include material from `FILE'
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+include material from `FILE' if it exists
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+send output to `FILE'
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+name of Texinfo manual
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+suppress pointer to Texinfo manual
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+exclude the `lt\-' from the program name
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+print this help, then exit
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+print version number, then exit
+.PP
+EXECUTABLE should accept `\-\-help' and `\-\-version' options and produce output on
+stdout although alternatives may be specified using:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+help option string
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+version option string
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+version string
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+include stderr when parsing option output
+.SH "INCLUDE FILES"
+Additional material may be included in the generated output with the
+.B \-\-include
+and
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+options.  The format is simple:
+
+    [section]
+    text
+
+    /pattern/
+    text
+
+Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at
+the start of the given
+.BI [ section ]
+(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching
+.BI / pattern /\fR.
+
+Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by
+the
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+or
+.I m
+modifiers (see
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\-' are
+processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be
+used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.
+
+The section output order (for those included) is:
+
+    NAME
+    SYNOPSIS
+    DESCRIPTION
+    OPTIONS
+    ENVIRONMENT
+    FILES
+    EXAMPLES
+    \fIother\fR
+    AUTHOR
+    REPORTING BUGS
+    COPYRIGHT
+    SEE ALSO
+
+Any
+.B [NAME]
+or
+.B [SYNOPSIS]
+sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have
+automatically been produced (although you can still override the
+former with
+.B --name
+if required).
+
+Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for
+the standard sections given above, or included at
+.I other
+(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.
+.SH AVAILABILITY
+The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH AUTHOR
+Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
+Report bugs to <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.br
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+The full documentation for
+.B help2man
+is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the
+.B info
+and
+.B help2man
+programs are properly installed at your site, the command
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+should give you access to the complete manual.
diff --git a/help2man.PL b/help2man.PL
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b66148e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.PL
@@ -0,0 +1,800 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+#
+# Self extracting help2man script.
+#
+#   -q, --quiet         Suppress extraction message
+#   -s, --stdout        Extract to stdout
+#   -w, --with-gettext  Add support for localized man pages
+#   -n, --name          Print name only*
+#   -v, --version       Print version only*
+#
+# *script not created
+#
+
+use 5.008;
+use Config;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+my ($program, $version) = ('help2man', '1.40.10');
+
+my %opts;
+die "Usage: $0 [--quiet] [--stdout] [--with-gettext] [--name] [--version]\n"
+    unless GetOptions \%opts, qw(quiet stdout with-gettext name version)
+      and !@ARGV;
+
+print "$program\n" if $opts{name};
+print "$version\n" if $opts{version};
+exit		   if $opts{name} or $opts{version};
+
+my $target = $0;
+my $tmp;
+if ($opts{stdout})
+{
+    *OUT = *STDOUT;
+    $opts{quiet} = 1;
+}
+else
+{
+    $target =~ s!.*/!!;
+    $target =~ s/\.PL$// or die "$0: can't determine target name\n";
+    $tmp = "$target.tmp$$";
+    unlink $tmp          or die "$0: can't unlink $tmp ($!)\n" if -e $tmp;
+    open OUT, ">$tmp"    or die "$0: can't create $tmp ($!)\n";
+}
+
+print "Extracting $target (with variable substitutions)\n"
+    unless $opts{quiet};
+
+# Add startup header.
+print OUT "$Config{startperl} -w\n";
+
+# For systems without the crash-bang hack also add:
+print OUT <<"!GROK!THIS!" if $Config{sharpbang} !~ /^#!/;
+eval 'exec $Config{perlpath} -wS \$0 \${1+"\$@"}'
+    if \$running_under_some_shell;
+
+\$running_under_some_shell = 0; # for -w
+!GROK!THIS!
+
+# No substitutions for this chunk:
+print OUT <<'!NO!SUBS!';
+
+# Generate a short man page from --help and --version output.
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009,
+# 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+# Available from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+
+use 5.008;
+use strict;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use Text::Tabs qw(expand);
+use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_ALL);
+!NO!SUBS!
+
+print OUT <<'!NO!SUBS!' if $opts{'with-gettext'};
+use Locale::gettext;
+use Encode qw(decode encode);
+use I18N::Langinfo qw(langinfo CODESET);
+!NO!SUBS!
+
+# Interpolate program name and version:
+print OUT <<"!GROK!THIS!";
+
+my \$this_program = '$program';
+my \$this_version = '$version';
+!GROK!THIS!
+
+# Conditionally include gettext support:
+print OUT $opts{'with-gettext'} ? <<'!WITH!GETTEXT!' : <<'!NO!GETTEXT!';
+my $encoding;
+
+{
+    my $gettext = Locale::gettext->domain($this_program);
+    sub _ { $gettext->get($_[0]) }
+
+    my ($user_locale) = grep defined && length,
+	(map $ENV{$_}, qw(LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_MESSAGES LANG)), 'C';
+
+    my $user_encoding = langinfo CODESET;
+
+    # Set localisation of date and executable's output.
+    sub configure_locale
+    {
+	delete @ENV{qw(LANGUAGE LC_MESSAGES LANG)};
+	setlocale LC_ALL, $ENV{LC_ALL} = shift || 'C';
+	$encoding = langinfo CODESET;
+    }
+
+    sub dec { $encoding ? decode $encoding, $_[0] : $_[0] }
+    sub enc { $encoding ? encode $encoding, $_[0] : $_[0] }
+    sub enc_user { encode $user_encoding, $_[0] }
+    sub kark # die with message formatted in the invoking user's locale
+    {
+	setlocale LC_ALL, $user_locale;
+	my $fmt = $gettext->get(shift);
+	my $errmsg = enc_user sprintf $fmt, @_;
+	die $errmsg, "\n";
+    }
+}
+
+!WITH!GETTEXT!
+
+sub _ { $_[0] }
+sub configure_locale
+{
+    my $locale = shift;
+    die "$this_program: no locale support (Locale::gettext required)\n"
+	unless $locale eq 'C';
+}
+
+sub dec { $_[0] }
+sub enc { $_[0] }
+sub enc_user { $_[0] }
+sub kark { die +(sprintf shift, @_), "\n" }
+!NO!GETTEXT!
+
+# No substitutions for this chunk:
+print OUT <<'!NO!SUBS!';
+sub N_ { $_[0] }
+
+my $version_info = enc_user sprintf _(<<'EOT'), $this_program, $this_version;
+GNU %s %s
+
+Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+EOT
+
+my $help_info = enc_user sprintf _(<<'EOT'), $this_program, $this_program;
+`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.
+
+Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE
+
+ -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph
+ -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)
+ -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)
+ -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)
+ -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default "C")
+ -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'
+ -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists
+ -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'
+ -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual
+ -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual
+ -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name
+     --help              print this help, then exit
+     --version           print version number, then exit
+
+EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output on
+stdout although alternatives may be specified using:
+
+ -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string
+ -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string
+ --version-string=STRING      version string
+ --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output
+
+Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.
+EOT
+
+my $section = 1;
+my $manual = '';
+my $source = '';
+my $help_option = '--help';
+my $version_option = '--version';
+my $discard_stderr = 1;
+my ($opt_name, @opt_include, $opt_output, $opt_info, $opt_no_info, $opt_libtool,
+    $version_text);
+
+my %opt_def = (
+    'n|name=s'		 => \$opt_name,
+    's|section=s'	 => \$section,
+    'm|manual=s'	 => \$manual,
+    'S|source=s'	 => \$source,
+    'L|locale=s'	 => sub { configure_locale pop },
+    'i|include=s'	 => sub { push @opt_include, [ pop, 1 ] },
+    'I|opt-include=s'	 => sub { push @opt_include, [ pop, 0 ] },
+    'o|output=s'	 => \$opt_output,
+    'p|info-page=s'	 => \$opt_info,
+    'N|no-info'		 => \$opt_no_info,
+    'l|libtool'		 => \$opt_libtool,
+    'help'		 => sub { print $help_info; exit },
+    'version'		 => sub { print $version_info; exit },
+    'h|help-option=s'	 => \$help_option,
+    'v|version-option=s' => \$version_option,
+    'version-string=s'	 => \$version_text,
+    'discard-stderr!'	 => \$discard_stderr,
+);
+
+# Parse options.
+Getopt::Long::config('bundling');
+die $help_info unless GetOptions %opt_def and @ARGV == 1;
+
+!NO!SUBS!
+
+print OUT <<'!NO!SUBS!' if $opts{'with-gettext'};
+configure_locale unless $encoding;
+
+!NO!SUBS!
+
+# No substitutions for the remainder of the script:
+print OUT <<'!NO!SUBS!';
+my %include = ();
+my %append = ();
+my @include = (); # retain order given in include file
+
+# Process include file (if given).  Format is:
+#
+#   [section name]
+#   verbatim text
+#
+# or
+#
+#   /pattern/
+#   verbatim text
+#
+
+while (@opt_include)
+{
+    my ($inc, $required) = @{shift @opt_include};
+
+    next unless -f $inc or $required;
+    kark N_("%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"), $this_program, $inc, $!
+	unless open INC, $inc;
+
+    my $key;
+    my $hash = \%include;
+
+    while (<INC>)
+    {
+	# Convert input to internal Perl format, so that multibyte
+	# sequences are treated as single characters.
+	$_ = dec $_;
+
+	# [section]
+	if (/^\[([^]]+)\]\s*$/)
+	{
+	    $key = uc $1;
+	    $key =~ s/^\s+//;
+	    $key =~ s/\s+$//;
+	    $hash = \%include;
+	    push @include, $key unless $include{$key};
+	    next;
+	}
+
+	# /pattern/
+	if (m!^/(.*)/([ims]*)\s*$!)
+	{
+	    my $pat = $2 ? "(?$2)$1" : $1;
+
+	    # Check pattern.
+	    eval { $key = qr($pat) };
+	    if ($@)
+	    {
+		$@ =~ s/ at .*? line \d.*//;
+		die "$inc:$.:$@";
+	    }
+
+	    $hash = \%append;
+	    next;
+	}
+
+	# Check for options before the first section--anything else is
+	# silently ignored, allowing the first for comments and
+	# revision info.
+	unless ($key)
+	{
+	    # handle options
+	    if (/^-/)
+	    {
+		local @ARGV = split;
+		GetOptions %opt_def;
+	    }
+
+	    next;
+	}
+
+	$hash->{$key} ||= '';
+	$hash->{$key} .= $_;
+    }
+
+    close INC;
+
+    kark N_("%s: no valid information found in `%s'"), $this_program, $inc
+    	unless $key;
+}
+
+# Compress trailing blank lines.
+for my $hash (\(%include, %append))
+{
+    for (keys %$hash) { $hash->{$_} =~ s/\n+$/\n/ }
+}
+
+sub get_option_value;
+
+# Grab help and version info from executable.
+my $help_text   = get_option_value $ARGV[0], $help_option;
+$version_text ||= get_option_value $ARGV[0], $version_option;
+
+# Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+# the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+# is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+# just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+my $date = enc strftime _("%B %Y"), localtime;
+(my $program = $ARGV[0]) =~ s!.*/!!;
+my $package = $program;
+my $version;
+
+if ($opt_output)
+{
+    unlink $opt_output or kark N_("%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"),
+    	$this_program, $opt_output, $! if -e $opt_output;
+
+    open STDOUT, ">$opt_output"
+	or kark N_("%s: can't create %s (%s)"), $this_program, $opt_output, $!;
+}
+
+# The first line of the --version information is assumed to be in one
+# of the following formats:
+#
+#   <version>
+#   <program> <version>
+#   {GNU,Free} <program> <version>
+#   <program> ({GNU,Free} <package>) <version>
+#   <program> - {GNU,Free} <package> <version>
+#
+# and separated from any copyright/author details by a blank line.
+
+($_, $version_text) = ((split /\n+/, $version_text, 2), '');
+
+if (/^(\S+) +\(((?:GNU|Free) +[^)]+)\) +(.*)/ or
+    /^(\S+) +- *((?:GNU|Free) +\S+) +(.*)/)
+{
+    $program = $1;
+    $package = $2;
+    $version = $3;
+}
+elsif (/^((?:GNU|Free) +)?(\S+) +(.*)/)
+{
+    $program = $2;
+    $package = $1 ? "$1$2" : $2;
+    $version = $3;
+}
+else
+{
+    $version = $_;
+}
+
+$program =~ s!.*/!!;
+
+# No info for `info' itself.
+$opt_no_info = 1 if $program eq 'info';
+
+# Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+# upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+# language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+for ($include{_('NAME')})
+{
+    if ($opt_name) # --name overrides --include contents.
+    {
+	$_ = "$program \\- $opt_name\n";
+    }
+    elsif ($_) # Use first name given as $program
+    {
+	$program = $1 if /^([^\s,]+)(?:,?\s*[^\s,\\-]+)*\s+\\?-/;
+    }
+    else # Set a default (useless) NAME paragraph.
+    {
+	$_ = sprintf _("%s \\- manual page for %s %s") . "\n", $program,
+	    $program, $version;
+    }
+}
+
+# Man pages traditionally have the page title in caps.
+my $PROGRAM = uc $program;
+
+# Set default page head/footers
+$source ||= "$program $version";
+unless ($manual)
+{
+    for ($section)
+    {
+	if (/^(1[Mm]|8)/) { $manual = enc _('System Administration Utilities') }
+	elsif (/^6/)	  { $manual = enc _('Games') }
+	else		  { $manual = enc _('User Commands') }
+    }
+}
+
+# Extract usage clause(s) [if any] for SYNOPSIS.
+# Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+# are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+# (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#  Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#    or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#    or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+my $PAT_USAGE = _('Usage');
+my $PAT_USAGE_CONT = _('or');
+if ($help_text =~ s/^($PAT_USAGE):( +(\S+))(.*)((?:\n(?: {6}\1| *($PAT_USAGE_CONT): +\S).*)*)//om)
+{
+    my @syn = $3 . $4;
+
+    if ($_ = $5)
+    {
+	s/^\n//;
+	for (split /\n/) { s/^ *(($PAT_USAGE_CONT): +)?//o; push @syn, $_ }
+    }
+
+    my $synopsis = '';
+    for (@syn)
+    {
+	$synopsis .= ".br\n" if $synopsis;
+	s!^\S*/!!;
+	s/^lt-// if $opt_libtool;
+	s/^(\S+) *//;
+	$synopsis .= ".B $1\n";
+	s/\s+$//;
+	s/(([][]|\.\.+)+)/\\fR$1\\fI/g;
+	s/^/\\fI/ unless s/^\\fR//;
+	$_ .= '\fR';
+	s/(\\fI)( *)/$2$1/g;
+	s/\\fI\\fR//g;
+	s/^\\fR//;
+	s/\\fI$//;
+	s/^\./\\&./;
+
+	$synopsis .= "$_\n";
+    }
+
+    $include{_('SYNOPSIS')} ||= $synopsis;
+}
+
+# Process text, initial section is DESCRIPTION.
+my $sect = _('DESCRIPTION');
+$_ = "$help_text\n\n$version_text";
+
+# Normalise paragraph breaks.
+s/^\n+//;
+s/\n*$/\n/;
+s/\n\n+/\n\n/g;
+
+# Join hyphenated lines.
+s/([A-Za-z])-\n *([A-Za-z])/$1$2/g;
+
+# Temporarily exchange leading dots, apostrophes and backslashes for
+# tokens.
+s/^\./\x80/mg;
+s/^'/\x81/mg;
+s/\\/\x82/g;
+
+# Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+# these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+# regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+# may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+# as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+# "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+# optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+# be matched.
+my $PAT_BUGS		= _('Report +(?:[\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to');
+my $PAT_AUTHOR		= _('Written +by');
+my $PAT_OPTIONS		= _('Options');
+my $PAT_ENVIRONMENT	= _('Environment');
+my $PAT_FILES		= _('Files');
+my $PAT_EXAMPLES	= _('Examples');
+my $PAT_FREE_SOFTWARE	= _('This +is +free +software');
+
+# Start a new paragraph (if required) for these.
+s/([^\n])\n($PAT_BUGS|$PAT_AUTHOR) /$1\n\n$2 /og;
+
+# Convert iso-8859-1 copyright symbol or (c) to nroff
+# character.
+s/^Copyright +(?:\xa9|\([Cc]\))/Copyright \\(co/mg;
+
+sub convert_option;
+
+while (length)
+{
+    # Convert some standard paragraph names.
+    if (s/^($PAT_OPTIONS): *\n//o)
+    {
+	$sect = _('OPTIONS');
+	next;
+    }
+    if (s/^($PAT_ENVIRONMENT): *\n//o)
+    {
+	$sect = _('ENVIRONMENT');
+	next;
+    }
+    if (s/^($PAT_FILES): *\n//o)
+    {
+	$sect = _('FILES');
+	next;
+    }
+    elsif (s/^($PAT_EXAMPLES): *\n//o)
+    {
+	$sect = _('EXAMPLES');
+	next;
+    }
+
+    # Copyright section
+    if (/^Copyright /)
+    {
+	$sect = _('COPYRIGHT');
+    }
+
+    # Bug reporting section.
+    elsif (/^($PAT_BUGS) /o)
+    {
+	$sect = _('REPORTING BUGS');
+    }
+
+    # Author section.
+    elsif (/^($PAT_AUTHOR)/o)
+    {
+	$sect = _('AUTHOR');
+    }
+
+    # Examples, indicated by an indented leading $, % or > are
+    # rendered in a constant width font.
+    if (/^( +)([\$\%>] )\S/)
+    {
+	my $indent = $1;
+	my $prefix = $2;
+	my $break = '.IP';
+	$include{$sect} ||= '';
+	while (s/^$indent\Q$prefix\E(\S.*)\n*//)
+	{
+	    $include{$sect} .= "$break\n\\f(CW$prefix$1\\fR\n";
+	    $break = '.br';
+	}
+
+	next;
+    }
+
+    my $matched = '';
+    $include{$sect} ||= '';
+
+    # Sub-sections have a trailing colon and the second line indented.
+    if (s/^(\S.*:) *\n / /)
+    {
+	$matched .= $& if %append;
+	$include{$sect} .= qq(.SS "$1"\n);
+    }
+
+    my $indent = 0;
+    my $content = '';
+
+    # Option with description.
+    if (s/^( {1,10}([+-]\S.*?))(?:(  +(?!-))|\n( {20,}))(\S.*)\n//)
+    {
+	$matched .= $& if %append;
+	$indent = length ($4 || "$1$3");
+	$content = ".TP\n\x84$2\n\x84$5\n";
+	unless ($4)
+	{
+	    # Indent may be different on second line.
+	    $indent = length $& if /^ {20,}/;
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Option without description.
+    elsif (s/^ {1,10}([+-]\S.*)\n//)
+    {
+	$matched .= $& if %append;
+	$content = ".HP\n\x84$1\n";
+	$indent = 80; # not continued
+    }
+
+    # Indented paragraph with tag.
+    elsif (s/^( +(\S.*?)  +)(\S.*)\n//)
+    {
+	$matched .= $& if %append;
+	$indent = length $1;
+	$content = ".TP\n\x84$2\n\x84$3\n";
+    }
+
+    # Indented paragraph.
+    elsif (s/^( +)(\S.*)\n//)
+    {
+	$matched .= $& if %append;
+	$indent = length $1;
+	$content = ".IP\n\x84$2\n";
+    }
+
+    # Left justified paragraph.
+    else
+    {
+	s/(.*)\n//;
+	$matched .= $& if %append;
+	$content = ".PP\n" if $include{$sect};
+	$content .= "$1\n";
+    }
+
+    # Append continuations.
+    while ($indent ? s/^ {$indent}(\S.*)\n// : s/^(\S.*)\n//)
+    {
+	$matched .= $& if %append;
+	$content .= "\x84$1\n";
+    }
+
+    # Move to next paragraph.
+    s/^\n+//;
+
+    for ($content)
+    {
+	# Leading dot and apostrophe protection.
+	s/\x84\./\x80/g;
+	s/\x84'/\x81/g;
+	s/\x84//g;
+
+	# Convert options.
+	s/(^| |\()(-[][\w=-]+)/$1 . convert_option $2/mge;
+
+	# Escape remaining hyphens
+	s/-/\x83/g;
+
+	if ($sect eq 'COPYRIGHT')
+	{
+	    # Insert line breaks before additional copyright messages
+	    # and the disclaimer.
+	    s/\n(Copyright |$PAT_FREE_SOFTWARE)/\n.br\n$1/og;
+	}
+	elsif ($sect eq 'REPORTING BUGS')
+	{
+	    # Handle multi-line bug reporting sections of the form:
+	    #
+	    #   Report <program> bugs to <addr>
+	    #   GNU <package> home page: <url>
+	    #   ...
+	    s/\n([[:upper:]])/\n.br\n$1/g;
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Check if matched paragraph contains /pat/.
+    if (%append)
+    {
+	for my $pat (keys %append)
+	{
+	    if ($matched =~ $pat)
+	    {
+		$content .= ".PP\n" unless $append{$pat} =~ /^\./;
+		$content .= $append{$pat};
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    $include{$sect} .= $content;
+}
+
+# Refer to the real documentation.
+unless ($opt_no_info)
+{
+    my $info_page = $opt_info || $program;
+
+    $sect = _('SEE ALSO');
+    $include{$sect} ||= '';
+    $include{$sect} .= ".PP\n" if $include{$sect};
+    $include{$sect} .= sprintf _(<<'EOT'), $program, $program, $info_page;
+The full documentation for
+.B %s
+is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the
+.B info
+and
+.B %s
+programs are properly installed at your site, the command
+.IP
+.B info %s
+.PP
+should give you access to the complete manual.
+EOT
+}
+
+# Output header.
+print <<EOT;
+.\\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by $this_program $this_version.
+.TH $PROGRAM "$section" "$date" "$source" "$manual"
+EOT
+
+# Section ordering.
+my @pre = (_('NAME'), _('SYNOPSIS'), _('DESCRIPTION'), _('OPTIONS'),
+    _('ENVIRONMENT'), _('FILES'), _('EXAMPLES'));
+
+my @post = (_('AUTHOR'), _('REPORTING BUGS'), _('COPYRIGHT'), _('SEE ALSO'));
+my $filter = join '|', @pre, @post;
+
+# Output content.
+for my $sect (@pre, (grep ! /^($filter)$/o, @include), @post)
+{
+    if ($include{$sect})
+    {
+	my $quote = $sect =~ /\W/ ? '"' : '';
+	print enc ".SH $quote$sect$quote\n";
+
+	for ($include{$sect})
+	{
+	    # Replace leading dot, apostrophe, backslash and hyphen
+	    # tokens.
+	    s/\x80/\\&./g;
+	    s/\x81/\\&'/g;
+	    s/\x82/\\e/g;
+	    s/\x83/\\-/g;
+
+	    # Convert some latin1 chars to troff equivalents
+	    s/\xa0/\\ /g; # non-breaking space
+
+	    print enc $_;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+close STDOUT or kark N_("%s: error writing to %s (%s)"), $this_program,
+    $opt_output || 'stdout', $!;
+
+exit;
+
+# Call program with given option and return results.
+sub get_option_value
+{
+    my ($prog, $opt) = @_;
+    my $stderr = $discard_stderr ? '/dev/null' : '&1';
+    my $value = join '',
+	map { s/ +$//; expand $_ }
+	map { dec $_ }
+	`$prog $opt 2>$stderr`;
+
+    unless ($value)
+    {
+	my $err = N_("%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s");
+	my $extra = $discard_stderr
+	    ? "\n" . N_("Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr")
+	    : '';
+
+	kark $err, $this_program, $opt, $prog, $extra;
+    }
+
+    return $value;
+}
+
+# Convert option dashes to \- to stop nroff from hyphenating 'em, and
+# embolden.  Option arguments get italicised.
+sub convert_option
+{
+    local $_ = '\fB' . shift;
+
+    s/-/\x83/g;
+    unless (s/\[=(.*)\]$/\\fR[=\\fI$1\\fR]/)
+    {
+	s/=(.)/\\fR=\\fI$1/;
+	s/ (.)/ \\fI$1/;
+	$_ .= '\fR';
+    }
+
+    $_;
+}
+!NO!SUBS!
+
+# Rename output and fix permissions
+unless ($opts{stdout})
+{
+    close OUT;
+    rename $tmp, $target or die "$0: can't rename $tmp to $target ($!)\n";
+    chmod 0555, $target  or warn "$0: can't change mode of $target ($!)\n";
+}
+
+exit 0;
diff --git a/help2man.de.1 b/help2man.de.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7449318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.de.1
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "Juni 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Benutzerkommandos"
+.SH NAME
+help2man \- generiert eine einfache Handbuchseite
+.SH ÜBERSICHT
+.B help2man
+[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fIPROGRAMM\fR
+.SH BESCHREIBUNG
+`help2man' generiert aus der Ausgabe von »\-\-help« und »\-\-version« eine
+Handbuchseite.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fIZEICHENKETTE\fR
+Beschreibung für den NAME\-Abschnitt
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fIABSCHNITT\fR
+Abschnittsnummer der Handbuchseite (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+Name des Handbuchs (Anwenderbefehle,…)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+Quelle des Programms (FSF, Debian,…)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fIZEICHENKETTE\fR
+Locale auswählen (Vorgabe »C«)
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIDATEI\fR
+Material aus »DATEI« einschließen
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIDATEI\fR
+Material aus »DATEI« einschließen, wenn es
+existiert
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIDATEI\fR
+Ausgabe an »DATEI« senden
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fIDATEI\fR
+Name des Texinfo\-Handbuchs
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+Zeiger auf Texinfo\-Handbuch unterdrücken
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+Diese Hilfe anzeigen, dann beenden
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+Versionsnummer anzeigen, dann beenden
+.PP
+PROGRAMM sollte »\-\-help«\- und »\-\-version«\-Optionen
+akzeptieren und eine Ausgabe auf der Standardausgabe (stdout) erzeugen,
+aber es können auch Alternativen angegeben werden:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fIZEICHENKETTE\fR
+Hilfeoptionzeichenkette
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fIZEICHENKETTE\fR
+Versionsoptionzeichenkette
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fIZEICHENKETTE\fR
+Versionszeichenkette
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+Standardfehlerausgabe (stderr) bei der
+Optionenanalyse einschließen
+.SH "DATEIEN ZUM EINFÜGEN"
+Zusätzliches Material kann in die generierte Ausgabe mit den
+.B \-\-include
+und
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+Optionen eingefügt werden. Das Format ist einfach:
+
+    [Abschnitt]
+    Text
+
+    /Muster/
+    Text
+
+Blöcke aus wörtlichem *roff-Text werden entweder beim Start durch
+Angabe von
+.BI [ Abschnitt ]
+(unabhängig von Groß-/Kleinschreibung) in die Ausgabe eingefügt oder
+nach einen passenden Absatz
+.BI / Muster /\fR.
+
+Muster benutzen die Syntax von regulären Perl-Ausdrücken und können
+von
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+oder
+.I m
+Bestimmungswörtern gefolgt sein (siehe
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Zeilen vor dem ersten Abschnitt oder Muster, die mit »\-« beginnen,
+werden als Optionen behandelt. Alles andere wird stillschweigend
+ignoriert und könnte für Kommentare, RCS-Schlüsselwörter oder was
+Sie wollen benutzt werden.
+
+Die Reiehnfolge in der die Abschnitte ausgegeben werden, ist:
+
+    NAME
+    ÜBERSICHT
+    BESCHREIBUNG
+    OPTIONEN
+    UMGEBUNG
+    DATEIEN
+    BEISPIELE
+    \fIandere\fR
+    AUTOR
+    FEHLERBERICHTE
+    COPYRIGHT
+    SIEHE AUCH
+
+Jeder
+.B [NAME]
+oder
+.B [ÜBERSICHT]
+-Abschnitt, der in der eingefügten Datei erscheint, wird das
+ersetzen, was automatisch generiert würde (obwohl Sie das
+weitere immer noch, wenn nötigt, mit
+.B --name
+überschreiben können.
+
+Andere Abschnitte werden der automatisch erzeugten Ausgabe für die
+oben angegebenen Standardabschnitte vorangestellt oder unter
+.I andere
+(oben) in der Reihenfolge, in der sie in der eingefügten Datei
+vorgefunden werden, eingefügt.
+.SH VERFÜGBARKEIT
+Die neuste Version dieser Distribution ist Online erhältlich von:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH AUTOR
+Geschrieben von Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH FEHLERBERICHTE
+Berichten Sie Fehler an <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.br
+Dies ist freie Software. Lesen Sie die Quelle, um die Kopierbedingungen
+zu erhalten. Es gibt KEINE Gewährleistung, nicht einmal für
+MARKTGÄNGIGKEIT oder EIGNUNG FÜR SPEZIELLE ZWECKE.
+.SH "SIEHE AUCH"
+Die vollständige Dokumentation für
+.B help2man
+wird als ein Texinfo-Handbuch verwaltet. Wenn die
+.B info
+und
+.B help2man
+Programme ordentlich auf Ihrem Rechner installiert sind, kann Ihnen der
+Befehl
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+Zugriff auf das komplette Handbuch geben.
diff --git a/help2man.el.1 b/help2man.el.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee47135
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.el.1
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "Ιούνιος 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Εντολές χρήστη"
+.SH NAME
+help2man \- δημιουργία απλής σελίδας εγχειριδίου
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B help2man
+[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fIEXECUTABLE\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+`help2man' δημιουργεί μια σελίδα man από την έξοδο των `\-\-help' και `\-\-version' output.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+περιγραφή για την παράγραφο NAME
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISECTION\fR
+αριθμός ενότητας για σελίδα εγχειριδίου (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+όνομα εγχειριδίου (Εντολές Χρήστη, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+προέλευση προγράμματος (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+επιλογή τοποθεσίας (προεπιλογή "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+να συμπεριληφθεί υλικό από το `FILE'
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+να συμπεριληφθεί υλικό από το `FILE' εάν υπάρχει
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+αποστολή αποτελέσματος σε `FILE'
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+όνομα του εγχειριδίου Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+καταστολή δείκτη σε εγχειρίδιο Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+εμφάνιση αυτής της βοήθειας, μετά έξοδος
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+εμφάνιση αριθμού έκδοσης, μετά έξοδος
+.PP
+Το EXECUTABLE θα πρέπει να δέχεται επιλογές `\-\-help' και `\-\-version' και να παράγει αποτέλεσμα στην
+stdout παρόλο που μπορεί να ορισθούν εναλλακτικά με χρήση:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+αλφαριθμητικό επιλογής βοήθεια
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+αλφαριθμητικό επιλογής έκδοσης
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+αλφαριθμητικό έκδοσης
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+να συμπεριληφθεί το stderr κατά την ανάλυση του αποτελέσματος της επιλογής
+.PP
+Αναφέρετε σφάλματα σε <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH "INCLUDE FILES"
+Επιπλέον υλικό μπορεί να συμπεριληφθεί στο παραγόμενο αποτέλεσμα με
+.B \-\-include
+και
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+ως επιλογές. Η μορφή είναι απλή:
+
+    [ενότητα]
+    κείμενο
+
+    /μοτίβο/
+    κείμενο
+
+Μπλοκ αυτολεξί κειμένου *roff εισάγονται στο αποτέλεσμα είτε στην
+αρχή της δοσμένης
+.BI [ section ]
+(προσοχή στα πεζά-κεφαλαία), ή μετά από μοτίβο παραγράφου
+.BI / pattern /\fR.
+
+Τα μοτίβα χρησιμοποιούν το συντακτικό κανονικών εκφράσεων της Perl και μπορεί να ακολουθούνται από
+τους
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+or
+.I m
+τροποποιητές (δες
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Οι γραμμές πριν την πρώτη ενότητα ή μοτίβο που αρχίζουν με `\-' 
+αντιμετωπίζονται ως επιλογές. Οτιδήποτε άλλο αγνοείται σιωπηρά και μπορεί
+να χρησιμοποιηθεί για σχόλια, λέξεις κλειδιά RCS και παρόμοια.
+
+Η σειρά εξαγωγής ενοτήτων (γι' αυτές που περιλαμβάνονται) είναι:
+
+    NAME
+    SYNOPSIS
+    DESCRIPTION
+    OPTIONS
+    ENVIRONMENT
+    FILES
+    EXAMPLES
+    \fIάλλο\fR
+    AUTHOR
+    REPORTING BUGS
+    COPYRIGHT
+    SEE ALSO
+
+Οποιεσδήποτε
+.B [NAME]
+ή
+.B [SYNOPSIS]
+ενότητες που εμφανίζονται στο αρχείο για να συμπεριληφθούν θα αντικαταστήσουν ό,τι θα είχε
+παραχθεί αυτόματα (παρόλο που μπορείτε ακόμα να παρακάμψετε την
+προηγούμενη με
+.B --name
+αν απαιτείται).
+
+Άλλες ενότητες ενσωματώνονται στο αυτόματα παραγόμενο αποτέλεσμα για
+τις τυπικές ενότητες που δίνονται ανωτέρω, ή συμπεριλαμβάνονται στο
+.I other
+(ανωτέρω) με τη σειρά που είχαν στο αρχείο για να συμπεριληφθούν.
+.SH AVAILABILITY
+Η τελευταία έκδοση αυτής της διανομή είναι διαθέσιμη διαδικτυακά από:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Αυτό είναι ελεύθερο λογισμικό. Δείτε τον πηγαίο κώδικα για όρους αντιγραφής. ΔΕΝ δίδεται
+εγγύηση, ούτε ακόμα ΕΜΠΟΡΕΥΣΙΜΟΤΗΤΑΣ ή ΚΑΤΑΛΛΗΛΟΤΗΤΑΣ ΓΙΑ ΣΥΓΚΕΚΡΙΜΕΝΟ ΣΚΟΠΟ.
+.PP
+Συγγραφή: Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+Η πλήρης τεκμηρίωση για
+.B help2man
+υπάρχει ως εγχειρίδιο Texinfo. Αν το
+.B info
+και
+.B help2man
+τα προγράμματα έχουν εγκατασταθεί σωστά στη σελίδα σας, η εντολή
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+θα πρέπει να σας δίνει πρόσβαση στο πλήρες εγχειρίδιο.
diff --git a/help2man.eo.1 b/help2man.eo.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b88672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.eo.1
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "2012-06" "help2man 1.40.10" "Uzant-Komandoj"
+.SH NOMO
+help2man \- generas simplan man-paĝon
+.SH RESUMO
+.B help2man
+[\fIELEKTILO\fR]... \fIPLENUMEBLAĴO\fR
+.SH PRISKRIBO
+`help2man' generas man\-paĝon el `\-\-help' kaj `\-\-version' eligoj.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fIĈENO\fR
+priskribo por la alineo NAME (NOMO)
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISEKCIO\fR
+sekci\-numero por man\-paĝo (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEKSTO\fR
+nomo de la manlibro (Uzant\-Komandoj, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEKSTO\fR
+fonto de la programo (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fIĈENO\fR
+elekti lokaĵaron (apriore "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIDOSIERO\fR
+inkluzivigi materialon el 'DOSIERO'
+.HP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIDOSIERO\fR inkluzivigi materialon el 'DOSIERO' se ĝi ekzistas
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIDOSIERO\fR
+sendi eligon al 'DOSIERO'
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITEKSTO\fR
+nomo de manlibro Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+formeti referencon al manlibro Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+forviŝi la 'lt\-' el la program\-nomo
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+montri tiun ĉi helpon, kaj eliri
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+montri versio\-numeron, kaj eliri
+.PP
+PLENUMEBLAĴO devos akcepti elektilojn '\-\-help' kaj '\-\-version' kaj eligi al
+stdout kvankam alternativoj povas esti indikataj uzante:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fIĈENO\fR
+help\-elektila ĉeno
+.HP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fIĈENO\fR versi\-elektila ĉeno
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fIĈENO\fR
+versia ĉeno
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+inkluzivigi stderr dum analizado de elektil\-eligo
+.SH "INKLUZIV-DOSIEROJ"
+Kroma materialo povos esti enmetata en la generota eligo per la elektiloj
+.B \-\-include
+kaj
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+La formo estas simpla:
+
+    [sekcio]
+    teksto
+
+    /ŝablono/
+    teksto
+
+Pecoj de netuŝita teksto *roff estos enmetataj en la eligo en
+la komenco de la donita
+.BI [ sekcio ]
+(iu ajn uskleco), aŭ post alineo kongruanta al
+.BI / ŝablono /\fR.
+
+Ŝablonoj uzas la sintakson de regul-esprimoj Perl kaj povas esti sekvataj de
+la modifiloj
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+aŭ
+.I m
+(vidu
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Linioj antaŭ la unua sekcio aŭ ŝablono komencantaj per '\-' estas
+traktataj kiel elektiloj.  Ĉio alia estas silente preteratentata kaj
+povas esti uzata por komentoj, ŝlosilvortoj RCS kaj simile.
+
+La sekci-eliga ordo (por tiuj enmetitaj) estas:
+
+    NOMO
+    RESUMO
+    PRISKRIBO
+    ELEKTILOJ
+    MEDIO
+    DOSIEROJ
+    EKZEMPLOJ
+    \fIalia\fR
+    AŬTORO
+    RAPORTADO DE MISOJ
+    KOPIRAJTO
+    VIDU ANKAŬ
+
+Iu ajn sekcio
+.B [NOMO]
+aŭ
+.B [RESUMO]
+aperantaj en la inkluziv-dosiero anstataŭos kion ajn estus
+aŭtomate produktite (kvankam vi ankoraŭ povas preterpasi la
+NOMOn per
+.B --name
+se bezonate).
+
+Aliaj sekcioj estos antaŭmetataj al la aŭtomate produktota eligo por
+la normaj sekcioj montrataj supre, aŭ inkluzivataj ĉe
+.I alia
+(supre) laŭ la ordo kiel ili estis trovataj en la inkluziv-dosiero.
+.SH DISPONEBLECO
+La lasta versio de tiu ĉi eldono disponeblas retkonekte el:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH AŬTORO
+Verkite de Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "RAPORTADO DE MISOJ"
+Raportu misojn al <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.PP
+Kopirajto (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Tio ĉi estas libera programaro; rigardu la fontkodon por kopi\-kondiĉoj. Estas NENIU
+garantio; eĉ ne por MERKATIGEBLO aŭ TAŬGECO POR SPECIFA CELO.
+.SH "VIDU ANKAŬ"
+La kompleta dokumentaro por
+.B help2man
+estas tenata kiel manlibro Texinfo.  Se la programoj
+.B info
+kaj
+.B help2man
+estas ĝuste instalitaj en via sistemo, la komando
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+devos doni al vi aliron al la kompleta manlibro.
diff --git a/help2man.fi.1 b/help2man.fi.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f2397b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.fi.1
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "kesäkuu 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Käyttäjän sovellukset"
+.SH NIMI
+help2man \- luo yksinkertainen man-sivu
+.SH YLEISKATSAUS
+.B help2man
+[\fIVALITSIMET\fR]... \fIOHJELMA\fR
+.SH KUVAUS
+”help2man” luo man\-sivun ”\-\-help”\- ja ”\-\-version”\-tulosteista.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fIMERKKIJONO\fR
+kuvaus kappaleeseen NIMI
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fILUOKKA\fR
+manuaalisivun luokan numero (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEKSTI\fR
+manuaalin nimi (Käyttäjän sovellukset, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEKSTI\fR
+ohjelman lähde (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fIMERKKIJONO\fR
+valitse maa\-asetusto (oletus on "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fITIEDOSTO\fR
+sisällytä materiaali TIEDOSTOsta
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fITIEDOSTO\fR
+sisällytä materiaali TIEDOSTOsta mikäli
+se on olemassa
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fITIEDOSTO\fR
+kirjoita tuloste TIEDOSTOon
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fIMERKKIJONO\fR
+Texinfo\-manuaalin nimi
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+jätä pois viittaus Texinfo\-manuaaliin
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+jätä pois ”lt\-” ohjelman nimestä
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+näytä tämä ohje ja poistu
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+tulosta versiotiedot ja poistu
+.PP
+OHJELMAn tulee hyväksyä sekä ”\-\-help”\- että ”\-\-version”\-valitsimet,
+mutta vaihtoehtoiset valitsimet voi määrittää valitsimilla:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fIMERKKIJONO\fR
+ohjevalitsin
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fIMERKKIJONO\fR
+versiotietovalitsin
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fIMERKKIJONO\fR
+versiotieto
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+sisällytä vakiovirhetuloste jäsennettäessä
+tulostetta
+.SH "SISÄLLYTÄ TIEDOSTOJA"
+Lisämateriaalia voi sisällyttää luotavaan tulosteeseen valitsimilla
+.B \-\-include
+ja
+.BR \-\-opt\-include .
+Muoto on yksinkertainen:
+
+    [kappale]
+    teksti
+
+    /hakuehto/
+    teksti
+
+Kappaleita puhdasta *roff-tekstiä lisätään tulosteeseen joko kun alkaa
+.BI [ kappale ]
+(kirjainkoko merkitsevä) tai sellaisen kappaleen jälkeen, joka täsmää
+säännölliseen lausekkeeseen
+
+.BI / hakuehto /\fR.
+
+Hakuehdoissa käytetään Perlin säännöllisten lausekkeiden syntaksia, ja
+niiden perässä voi olla
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+tai
+.I m
+muuntimet (katso
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Rivit ennen ensimmäistä kappaletta tai hakuehtoa, jotka alkavat "\-",
+käsitellään valitsimina. Kaikki muu ohitetaan, joten ne voivat olla
+käyttäjän kommentteja, RCS-avainsanoja ja muuta sellaista.
+
+Kappaleiden tulostusjärjestys on:
+
+    NIMI
+    YLEISKATSAUS
+    KUVAUS
+    VALITSIMET
+    YMPÄRISTÖ
+    TIEDOSTOT
+    ESIMERKKEJÄ
+    \fImuut\fR
+    TEKIJÄ
+    VIRHEISTÄ ILMOITTAMINEN
+    TEKIJÄNOIKEUDET
+    KATSO MYÖS
+
+Kappale
+.B [NIMI]
+tai
+.BR [YLEISKATSAUS] ,
+joka löytyy sisällytystiedostosta, korvaa muutoin automaattisesti
+tuotettavan osan (vaikka tämänkin voi korvata
+.B --name
+-valitsimella tarvittaessa).
+
+Muut kappaleet aloittavat automaattisesti tuotetun tulosteen aiemmin
+mainituille vakiokappaleille, tai ne sisällytetään kohtaan
+.I muut
+samassa järjestyksessä kuin ne esiintyvät sisällytystiedostossa.
+.SH SAATAVUUS
+Tuorein versio tästä sovelluksesta on saatavilla verkossa osoitteesta:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH TEKIJÄ
+Kirjoittanut Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "VIRHEISTÄ ILMOITTAMINEN"
+Lähetä raportit ohjelmistovioista (englanniksi) osoitteeseen
+<bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH TEKIJÄNOIKEUDET
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Tämä on vapaa ohjelmist; katsokaa kopiointiehdot lähdekoodista. Takuuta EI OLE;
+ei edes KAUPALLISESTI HYVÄKSYTTÄVÄSTÄ LAADUSTA tai SOPIVUUDESTA TIETTYYN
+TARKOITUKSEEN.
+.SH "KATSO MYÖS"
+Ohjelman
+.B help2man
+täydellinen dokumentaatio ylläpidetään Texinfo-manuaalissa. Mikäli
+ohjelmat
+.B info
+ja
+.B help2man
+on täysin asennettu, komennon
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+pitäisi antaa täydellinen manuaali luettavaksi.
diff --git a/help2man.fr.1 b/help2man.fr.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfed7da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.fr.1
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "juin 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Commandes"
+.SH NOM
+help2man \- crée une page de manuel sommaire
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B help2man
+[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fIPROGRAMME\fR
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+«\ help2man\ » crée la page de manuel d'un programme à partir des
+indications fournies par celui\-ci lorsqu'il est lancé avec les
+options «\ \-\-help\ » et «\ \-\-version\ ».
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fICHAÎNE\fR
+description pour le paragraphe NOM
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISECTION\fR
+numéro de section de la page de
+manuel (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEXTE\fR
+nom du manuel (Commandes, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEXTE\fR
+source du programme (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fICHAÎNE\fR
+changer les paramètres régionaux
+(«\ C\ » par défaut)
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIFICHIER\fR
+ajouter du texte depuis «\ FICHIER\ »
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIFICHIER\fR
+ajouter du texte depuis «\ FICHIER\ »,
+si ce fichier existe
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFICHIER\fR
+envoyer le résultat dans «\ FICHIER\ »
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITEXTE\fR
+nom du manuel Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+supprimer le pointeur vers le manuel Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+exclure le «\ lt\-\ » du nom de programme
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+afficher cette aide, puis quitter
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+afficher le numéro de version, puis quitter
+.PP
+PROGRAMME devrait accepter les options «\ \-\-help\ » et «\ \-\-version\ »
+et écrire sur la sortie standard mais des alternatives peuvent être
+précisées en utilisant\ :
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fICHAÎNE\fR
+chaîne pour l'option équivalente à «\ \-\-help\ »
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fICHAÎNE\fR
+chaîne pour l'option équivalente à «\ \-\-version\ »
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fICHAÎNE\fR
+chaîne de version
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+inclure la sortie d'erreur standard lors
+de l'analyse de la sortie d'option
+.SH "FICHIERS INCLUS"
+Un supplément de texte peut être ajouté aux indications fournies par le
+programme grâce aux options
+.B \-\-include
+et
+.BR \-\-opt\-include .
+Le format est simple\\ :
+
+    [section]
+    texte
+
+    /motif/
+    texte
+
+Les blocs de texte (au format *roff) sont insérés tels quels dans la
+sortie, soit au début de la zone désignée par
+.BI [ section ]
+(balise insensible à la casse), soit après un paragraphe correspondant à
+.BI / motif /\fR.
+
+Les motifs obéissent à la syntaxe des expressions rationnelles de Perl
+et peuvent être suivis des modificateurs
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+ou
+.I m
+(voir
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Les lignes précédant la première section (ou le premier motif) et
+commençant par «\\ \-\\ » sont traitées comme des options. Tout le
+reste est ignoré sans aucun avertissement, et peut être utilisé pour
+des commentaires, des mots clés RCS ou d'autres éléments.
+
+L'ordre des sections produites est\\ :
+
+    NOM
+    SYNOPSIS
+    DESCRIPTION
+    OPTIONS
+    ENVIRONNEMENT
+    FICHIERS
+    EXEMPLES
+    \fIautres\fR
+    AUTEUR
+    SIGNALER DES BOGUES
+    COPYRIGHT
+    VOIR AUSSI
+
+Toute section
+.B [NOM]
+ou
+.B [SYNOPSIS]
+apparaissant dans le fichier inclus va remplacer celle qui aurait été
+créée automatiquement (mais vous pouvez encore remplacer la première
+avec
+.B --name
+si nécessaire).
+
+Le texte supplémentaire aux autres sections usuelles (celles
+apparaissant dans cette liste) est inséré avant la sortie générée
+automatiquement pour elles.
+Les sections non usuelles sont insérées à la place marquée
+.I autres
+dans la liste ci-dessus, dans l'ordre dans lequel ces sections
+apparaissent dans le fichier inclus.
+.SH DISPONIBILITÉ
+La dernière version de cette distribution est disponible en ligne sur\\ :
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH AUTEUR
+Écrit par Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "SIGNALER DES BOGUES"
+Signaler les bogues à <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.br
+Ce logiciel est libre\ ; voir les sources pour les conditions de
+reproduction. AUCUNE garantie n'est donnée, pas même la garantie
+implicite de COMMERCIALISATION ni l'ADAPTATION À UN BESOIN PARTICULIER.
+.SH "VOIR AUSSI"
+La documentation complète pour
+.B help2man
+est mise à jour dans un manuel Texinfo (en anglais).
+Si les programmes
+.B info
+et
+.B help2man
+sont correctement installés sur le système, la commande
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+devrait donner accès au manuel complet (en anglais).
diff --git a/help2man.h2m.PL b/help2man.h2m.PL
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ab5ac6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.h2m.PL
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+#
+# Self extracting help2man.h2m script.
+#
+#   -q, --quiet            Suppress extraction message
+#   -s, --stdout           Extract to stdout
+#   -o, --output=FILE      Extract to FILE
+#   -l, --locale=STRING    Output file for locale STRING
+#   -m, --message-dir=DIR  Directory for message catalogs
+#
+
+use 5.008;
+use Config;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use POSIX qw(setlocale LC_ALL);
+
+my %opts;
+die "Usage: $0 [--quiet] [--stdout|--output=FILE] [--locale=STRING] ",
+    "[--message-dir=DIR]\n" unless GetOptions \%opts,
+	qw(quiet stdout output=s locale=s message-dir=s) and !@ARGV;
+
+my $DOMAIN = 'help2man';
+my $target = $0;
+my $tmp;
+if ($opts{stdout})
+{
+    *OUT = *STDOUT;
+    $opts{quiet} = 1;
+}
+else
+{
+    if ($opts{output})
+    {
+	$target = $opts{output};
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	$target =~ s!.*/!!;
+	$target =~ s/\.PL$// or die "$0: can't determine target name\n";
+	if ($opts{locale})
+	{
+	    $target =~ s/(\.[^.]*)$/.$opts{locale}$1/
+	      or $target =~ s/$/.$opts{locale}/;
+	}
+    }
+
+    $tmp = "$target.tmp$$";
+    unlink $tmp       or die "$0: can't unlink $tmp ($!)\n" if -e $tmp;
+    open OUT, ">$tmp" or die "$0: can't create $tmp ($!)\n";
+}
+
+my $msg = "Extracting $target";
+$msg .= ' (with locale substitutions)' if $opts{locale};
+print $msg, "\n" unless $opts{quiet};
+
+sub _;
+if ($opts{locale})
+{
+    delete @ENV{qw(LANGUAGE LC_MESSAGES LANG)};
+    setlocale LC_ALL, $ENV{LC_ALL} = $opts{locale};
+
+    require Locale::gettext;
+    require I18N::Langinfo;
+    require Encode;
+    my $gettext = Locale::gettext->domain($DOMAIN);
+    $gettext->dir($opts{'message-dir'}) if $opts{'message-dir'};
+    my $encoding = I18N::Langinfo::langinfo(I18N::Langinfo::CODESET());
+    *_ = sub { Encode::encode($encoding, $gettext->get($_[0])) }
+}
+else
+{
+    *_ = sub { $_[0] }
+}
+
+print OUT _('Include file for help2man man page'), "\n";
+print OUT "\n";
+print OUT '--locale=', $opts{locale} || 'C', "\n";
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT '[', _('NAME'), "]\n";
+print OUT _('help2man \- generate a simple manual page'), "\n";
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT '[', _('INCLUDE FILES'), "]\n";
+print OUT _(<<'EOT');
+Additional material may be included in the generated output with the
+.B \-\-include
+and
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+options.  The format is simple:
+
+    [section]
+    text
+
+    /pattern/
+    text
+EOT
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT _(<<'EOT');
+Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at
+the start of the given
+.BI [ section ]
+(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching
+.BI / pattern /\fR.
+EOT
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT _(<<'EOT');
+Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by
+the
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+or
+.I m
+modifiers (see
+.BR perlre (1)).
+EOT
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT _(<<'EOT');
+Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\-' are
+processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be
+used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.
+EOT
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT _('The section output order (for those included) is:'), "\n";
+print OUT "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('NAME'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('SYNOPSIS'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('DESCRIPTION'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('OPTIONS'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('ENVIRONMENT'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('FILES'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('EXAMPLES'), "\n";
+print OUT '    \fI', _('other'), "\\fR\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('AUTHOR'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('REPORTING BUGS'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('COPYRIGHT'), "\n";
+print OUT '    ', _('SEE ALSO'), "\n";
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT _(<<'EOT');
+Any
+.B [NAME]
+or
+.B [SYNOPSIS]
+sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have
+automatically been produced (although you can still override the
+former with
+.B --name
+if required).
+EOT
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT _(<<'EOT');
+Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for
+the standard sections given above, or included at
+.I other
+(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.
+EOT
+print OUT "\n";
+
+print OUT '[', _('AVAILABILITY'), "]\n";
+print OUT _('The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:'), "\n";
+print OUT "\n";
+print OUT "    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/\n";
+
+# Fix output file permissions
+unless ($opts{stdout})
+{
+    close OUT;
+    rename $tmp, $target or die "$0: can't rename $tmp to $target ($!)\n";
+    chmod 0444, $target  or warn "$0: can't change mode of $target ($!)\n";
+}
+
+exit 0;
diff --git a/help2man.html.PL b/help2man.html.PL
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d15bb0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.html.PL
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+#
+# Combine generated html page with GNU boilerplate.
+#
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use File::Temp;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+my %opts;
+die "Usage: $0 [--quiet] [--stdout]\n"
+    unless GetOptions \%opts, qw(quiet stdout) and !@ARGV;
+
+undef $/;
+
+# Fetch GNU boilerplate
+my $boilerplate;
+my $url = 'http://www.gnu.org/server/standards/boilerplate-source.html';
+do {
+    open my $b, '-|', 'curl', '-sL', $url or die "curl: $!";
+    $boilerplate = <$b>;
+    ($url) = $boilerplate =~ /<meta\s+http-equiv=["']?refresh["']?\s+
+	                      content=["']\d+;\s+url=["']?(http[^"'>]*)/xi;
+} while $url;
+
+for ($boilerplate)
+{
+    s#\$Revision:\s+(\S+)\s+\$#$1#;
+    s#<!-- This is the template document.*?-->\s+##s;
+    s#<!-- Instructions for adapting.*?-->\s*(<!-- \d+\. .*?-->\s*)*##s;
+    s#<title>Baz\s+(- GNU Project)#<title>help2man $1#s;
+    s#<h2>GNU\sBaz</h2>.*(</div><!--\s+for\s+id="content")#%body%$1#s;
+}
+
+my ($header, $footer) = split /%body%/, $boilerplate;
+die "can't parse boilerplate" unless $footer;
+
+# Generate manual from texinfo
+my $texi_tmp = File::Temp->new();
+system 'makeinfo', '--html', '--no-number-sections', '--no-headers',
+    '--no-split', '--output=' . $texi_tmp->filename, 'help2man.texi';
+
+my $gnu_standards = "http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards/standards.html";
+my $body = <$texi_tmp>;
+for ($body)
+{
+    s#^.*<body>##s;
+    s#</body>.*##s;
+
+    # Fixup references
+    s#<a\s+href="standards\.html#<a href="$gnu_standards#g;
+    s#<a\s+href="\*manpages\*\.html\#perlre"
+        #<a href="http://perldoc.perl.org/perlre.html"#xg;
+
+    # Drop heading sizes by one, as h1 is quite loud.
+    s#<(/?)h(\d)\b#"<${1}h" . ($2 + 1)#ge;
+}
+
+# Write output
+my $target = $0;
+my $tmp;
+if ($opts{stdout})
+{
+    *OUT = *STDOUT;
+    $opts{quiet} = 1;
+}
+else
+{
+    $target =~ s!.*/!!;
+    $target =~ s/\.PL$// or die "$0: can't determine target name\n";
+    $tmp = "$target.tmp$$";
+    unlink $tmp          or die "$0: can't unlink $tmp ($!)\n" if -e $tmp;
+    open OUT, ">$tmp"    or die "$0: can't create $tmp ($!)\n";
+}
+
+print "Extracting $target (with GNU boilerplate)\n"
+    unless $opts{quiet};
+
+print OUT $header, $body, $footer;
+
+# Fix output file permissions
+unless ($opts{stdout})
+{
+    close OUT;
+    rename $tmp, $target or die "$0: can't rename $tmp to $target ($!)\n";
+    chmod 0444, $target or warn "$0: can't change mode of $target ($!)\n";
+}
+
+exit 0;
diff --git a/help2man.info b/help2man.info
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf9a3a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.info
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+This is help2man.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
+help2man.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* help2man: (help2man).      Automatic manual page generation.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+   This file documents the GNU `help2man' command which produces simple
+manual pages from the `--help' and `--version' output of other commands.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Overview,  Up: (dir)
+
+`help2man'
+**********
+
+`help2man' produces simple manual pages from the `--help' and
+`--version' output of other commands.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Overview::                    Overview of `help2man'.
+* Invoking help2man::           How to run `help2man'.
+* --help recommendations::      Recommended formatting for --help output.
+* Including text::              Including additional text in the output.
+* Makefile usage::              Using `help2man' with `make'.
+* Localised man pages::         Producing native language manual pages.
+* Example::                     Example `help2man' output.
+* Reports::                     Reporting bugs or suggestions.
+* Availability::                Obtaining `help2man'.
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Invoking help2man,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Overview of `help2man'
+************************
+
+`help2man' is a tool for automatically generating simple manual pages
+from program output.
+
+   Although manual pages are optional for GNU programs other projects,
+such as Debian require them (*note Man Pages: (standards)Man Pages.)
+
+   This program is intended to provide an easy way for software authors
+to include a manual page in their distribution without having to
+maintain that document.
+
+   Given a program which produces reasonably standard `--help' and
+`--version' outputs, `help2man' can re-arrange that output into
+something which resembles a manual page.
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Invoking help2man,  Next: --help recommendations,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Top
+
+2 How to Run `help2man'
+***********************
+
+The format for running the `help2man' program is:
+
+     `help2man' [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE
+
+   `help2man' supports the following options:
+
+`-n STRING'
+`--name=STRING'
+     Use STRING as the description for the `NAME' paragraph of the
+     manual page.
+
+     By default (for want of anything better) this paragraph contains
+     `manual page for PROGRAM VERSION'.
+
+     This option overrides an include file `[name]' section (*note
+     Including text::).
+
+`-s SECTION'
+`--section SECTION'
+     Use SECTION as the section for the man page.  The default section
+     is 1.
+
+`-m MANUAL'
+`--manual=MANUAL'
+     Set the name of the manual section to SECTION, used as a centred
+     heading for the manual page.  By default `User Commands' is used
+     for pages in section 1, `Games' for section 6 and `System
+     Administration Utilities' for sections 8 and 1M.
+
+`-S SOURCE'
+`--source=SOURCE'
+     The program source is used as a page footer, and often contains
+     the name of the organisation or a suite of which the program is
+     part.  By default the value is the package name and version.
+
+`-L LOCALE'
+`--locale=LOCALE'
+     Select output locale (default `C').  Both the program and
+     `help2man' must support the given LOCALE (*note Localised man
+     pages::).
+
+`-i FILE'
+`--include=FILE'
+     Include material from FILE (*note Including text::).
+
+`-I FILE'
+`--opt-include=FILE'
+     A variant of `--include' for use in Makefile pattern rules which
+     does not require FILE to exist.
+
+`-o FILE'
+`--output=FILE'
+     Send output to FILE rather than `stdout'.
+
+`-p TEXT'
+`--info-page=TEXT'
+     Name of Texinfo manual.
+
+`-N'
+`--no-info'
+     Suppress inclusion of a `SEE ALSO' paragraph directing the reader
+     to the Texinfo documentation.
+
+`-l'
+`--libtool'
+     Drop `lt-' prefix from instances of the program name in the
+     synopsis (`libtool' creates wrapper scripts in the build directory
+     which invoke `foo' as `.libs/lt-foo').
+
+`--help'
+`--version'
+     Show help or version information.
+
+   By default `help2man' passes the standard `--help' and `--version'
+options to the executable although alternatives may be specified using:
+
+`-h OPTION'
+`--help-option=OPTION'
+     Help option string.
+
+`-v OPTION'
+`--version-option=OPTION'
+     Version option string.
+
+`--version-string=STRING'
+     Version string.
+
+`--no-discard-stderr'
+     Include stderr when parsing option output.
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: --help recommendations,  Next: Including text,  Prev: Invoking help2man,  Up: Top
+
+3 `--help' Recommendations
+**************************
+
+Here are some recommendations for what to include in your `--help'
+output.  Including these gives `help2man' the best chance at generating
+a respectable man page, as well as benefitting users directly.
+
+   *Note Command-Line Interfaces: (standards)Command-Line Interfaces,
+and *note Man Pages: (standards)Man Pages, for the official GNU
+standards relating to `--help' and man pages.
+
+   * A synopsis of how to invoke the program.  If different usages of
+     the program have different invocations, then list them all.  For
+     example (edited for brevity):
+
+          Usage: cp [OPTION]... SOURCE DEST
+            or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+          ...
+
+     Use `argv[0]' for the program name in these synopses, just as it
+     is, with no directory stripping.  This is in contrast to the
+     canonical (constant) name of the program which is used in
+     `--version'.
+
+   * A very brief explanation of what the program does, including
+     default and/or typical behaviour.  For example, here is `cp''s:
+
+          Copy SOURCE to DEST, or multiple SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.
+
+   * A list of options, indented to column 2.  If the program supports
+     one-character options, put those first, then the equivalent long
+     option (if any).  If the option takes an argument, include that
+     too, giving it a meaningful name.  Align the descriptions in a
+     convenient column, if desired.  Note that to be correctly
+     recognised by `help2man' the description must be separated from
+     the options by at least two spaces and descriptions continued on
+     subsequent lines must start at the same column.
+
+     Here again is an (edited) excerpt from `cp', showing a short
+     option with an equivalent long option, a long option only, and a
+     short option only:
+
+            -a, --archive                same as -dpR
+                --backup[=CONTROL]       make a backup of each ...
+            -b                           like --backup but ...
+
+     For programs that take many options, it may be desirable to split
+     the option list into sections such as `Global', `Output control',
+     or whatever makes sense in the particular case.  It is usually
+     best to alphabetise (by short option name first, then long) within
+     each section, or the entire list if there are no sections.
+
+   * Any useful additional information about program behaviour, such as
+     influential environment variables, further explanation of options,
+     etc.  For example, `cp' discusses `VERSION_CONTROL' and sparse
+     files.
+
+   * A few examples of typical usage, at your discretion.  One good
+     example is usually worth a thousand words of description, so this
+     is highly recommended.
+
+   * In closing, a line stating how to email bug reports.  Typically,
+     MAILING-ADDRESS will be `bug-PROGRAM@gnu.org'; please use this
+     form for GNU programs whenever possible.  It's also good to
+     mention the home page of the program, other mailing lists, etc.
+
+
+   The `argp' and `popt' programming interfaces let you specify option
+descriptions for `--help' in the same structure as the rest of the
+option definition; you may wish to consider using these routines for
+option parsing instead of `getopt'.
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Including text,  Next: Makefile usage,  Prev: --help recommendations,  Up: Top
+
+4 Including Additional Text in the Output
+*****************************************
+
+Additional static text may be included in the generated manual page by
+using the `--include' and `--opt-include' options (*note Invoking
+help2man::).  While these files can be named anything, for consistency
+we suggest to use the extension `.h2m' for help2man include files.
+
+   The format for files included with these option is simple:
+
+     [section]
+     text
+
+     /pattern/
+     text
+
+   Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at
+the start of the given `[section]' (case insensitive), or after a
+paragraph matching `/pattern/'.
+
+   Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed
+by the `i', `s' or `m' modifiers (*note perlre(1): (*manpages*)perlre.)
+
+   Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `-' are
+processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be
+used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.
+
+   The section output order (for those included) is:
+
+     NAME
+     SYNOPSIS
+     DESCRIPTION
+     OPTIONS
+     ENVIRONMENT
+     FILES
+     EXAMPLES
+     _other_
+     AUTHOR
+     REPORTING BUGS
+     COPYRIGHT
+     SEE ALSO
+
+   Any `[name]' or `[synopsis]' sections appearing in the include file
+will replace what would have automatically been produced (although you
+can still override the former with `--name' if required).
+
+   Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for
+the standard sections given above, or included at _other_ (above) in
+the order they were encountered in the include file.
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Makefile usage,  Next: Localised man pages,  Prev: Including text,  Up: Top
+
+5 Using `help2man' With `make'
+******************************
+
+A suggested use of `help2man' in Makefiles is to have the manual page
+depend not on the binary, but on the source file(s) in which the
+`--help' and `--version' output are defined.
+
+   This usage allows a manual page to be generated by the maintainer and
+included in the distribution without requiring the end-user to have
+`help2man' installed.
+
+   An example rule for the program `prog' could be:
+
+     prog.1: $(srcdir)/main.c
+             -$(HELP2MAN) --output=$@ --name='an example program' ./prog
+
+   The value of `HELP2MAN' may be set in `configure.in' using either of:
+
+     AM_MISSING_PROG(HELP2MAN, help2man, $missing_dir)
+
+   for `automake', or something like:
+
+     AC_PATH_PROG(HELP2MAN, help2man, false // No help2man //)
+
+   for `autoconf' alone.
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Localised man pages,  Next: Example,  Prev: Makefile usage,  Up: Top
+
+6 Producing Native Language Manual Pages
+****************************************
+
+Manual pages may be produced for any locale supported by both the
+program and `help2man' with the `--locale' (`-L') option.
+
+     help2man -L fr_FR@euro -o cp.fr.1 cp
+
+   See `http://translationproject.org/domain/help2man.html' for the
+languages currently supported by `help2man', and *note Reports:: for
+how to submit other translations.
+
+6.1 Changing the Location of Message Catalogs
+=============================================
+
+When creating localised manual pages from a program's build directory it
+is probable that the translations installed in the standard location
+will not be (if installed at all) correct for the version of the
+program being built.
+
+   A preloadable library is provided with `help2man' which will
+intercept `bindtextdomain' calls configuring the location of message
+catalogs for the domain given by `$TEXTDOMAIN' and override the
+location to the path given by `$LOCALEDIR'.
+
+   So for example:
+
+     mkdir -p tmp/fr/LC_MESSAGES
+     cp po/fr.gmo tmp/fr/LC_MESSAGES/PROG.mo
+     LD_PRELOAD="/usr/lib/help2man/bindtextdomain.so" \
+       LOCALEDIR=tmp \
+       TEXTDOMAIN=PROG \
+       help2man -L fr_FR@euro -i PROG.fr.h2m -o PROG.fr.1 PROG
+     rm -rf tmp
+
+   will cause PROG to load the message catalog from `tmp' rather than
+`/usr/share/locale'.
+
+   Notes:
+   * The generalisation of `fr_FR@euro' to `fr' in the example above is
+     done by `gettext', if a more specific match were available it
+     would also have been re-mapped.
+
+   * This preload has only been tested against `eglibc' 2.11.2 and
+     `gettext' 0.18.1.1 on a GNU/Linux system; let me know if it does
+     (or doesn't) work for you (*note Reports::).
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Example,  Next: Reports,  Prev: Localised man pages,  Up: Top
+
+7 Example `help2man' Output
+***************************
+
+Given a hypothetical program `foo' which produces the following output:
+
+     $ foo --version
+     GNU foo 1.1
+
+     Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+     warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+     Written by A. Programmer.
+     $ foo --help
+     GNU `foo' does nothing interesting except serve as an example for
+     `help2man'.
+
+     Usage: foo [OPTION]...
+
+     Options:
+       -a, --option      an option
+       -b, --another-option[=VALUE]
+                         another option
+
+           --help        display this help and exit
+           --version     output version information and exit
+
+     Examples:
+       foo               do nothing
+       foo --option      the same thing, giving `--option'
+
+     Report bugs to <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>.
+
+   `help2man' will produce `nroff' input for a manual page which will
+be formatted something like this:
+
+     FOO(1)                         User Commands                        FOO(1)
+
+
+     NAME
+            foo - manual page for foo 1.1
+
+     SYNOPSIS
+            foo [OPTION]...
+
+     DESCRIPTION
+            GNU  `foo'  does nothing interesting except serve as an example for
+            `help2man'.
+
+     OPTIONS
+            -a, --option
+                   an option
+
+            -b, --another-option[=VALUE]
+                   another option
+
+            --help display this help and exit
+
+            --version
+                   output version information and exit
+
+     EXAMPLES
+            foo    do nothing
+
+            foo --option
+                   the same thing, giving `--option'
+
+     AUTHOR
+            Written by A. Programmer.
+
+     REPORTING BUGS
+            Report bugs to <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>.
+
+     COPYRIGHT
+            Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+            This is free software;  see  the  source  for  copying  conditions.
+            There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+            PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+     SEE ALSO
+            The full documentation for foo is maintained as a  Texinfo  manual.
+            If  the  info and foo programs are properly installed at your site,
+            the command
+
+                   info foo
+
+            should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+     foo 1.1                          May 2011                           FOO(1)
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Reports,  Next: Availability,  Prev: Example,  Up: Top
+
+8 Reporting Bugs or Suggestions
+*******************************
+
+If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
+please report them to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.
+
+   Note to translators: Translations are handled though the Translation
+Project (http://translationproject.org/) see
+`http://translationproject.org/html/translators.html' for details.
+
+
+File: help2man.info,  Node: Availability,  Prev: Reports,  Up: Top
+
+9 Obtaining `help2man'
+**********************
+
+The latest version of this distribution is available online from GNU
+mirrors:
+
+     `http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/help2man/'
+
+   If automatic redirection fails, the list of mirrors is at:
+
+     `http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html'
+
+   Or if need be you can use the main GNU ftp server:
+     `http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/'
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top1134
+Node: Overview1900
+Node: Invoking help2man2607
+Node: --help recommendations5165
+Node: Including text8564
+Node: Makefile usage10272
+Node: Localised man pages11203
+Node: Example13039
+Node: Reports15644
+Node: Availability16098
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/help2man.it.1 b/help2man.it.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9a431d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.it.1
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "giugno 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Comandi utente"
+.SH NOME
+help2man \- genera una semplice pagina di manuale
+.SH SINTASSI
+.B help2man
+[\fIOPZIONE\fR]... \fIESEGUIBILE\fR
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+"help2man" genera una pagina man dall'output di "\-\-help" e "\-\-version".
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fISTRINGA\fR
+Descrizione per il paragrafo NOME
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISEZIONE\fR
+Numero di sezione per la pagina di manuale (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITESTO\fR
+Nome del manuale (Comandi utente, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITESTO\fR
+Provenienza del programma (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fISTRINGA\fR
+Seleziona la localizzazione (predefinita "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+Include il materiale proveniente dal "FILE"
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+Include il materiale proveniente dal "FILE" se esiste
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+Invia l'output su "FILE"
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITESTO\fR
+Nome del manuale Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+Elimina il riferimento al manuale Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+Esclude "lt\-" dal nome del programma
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+Stampa questo aiuto ed esce
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+Stampa il numero di versione ed esce
+.PP
+L'ESEGUIBILE dovrebbe accettare le opzioni "\-\-help" e "\-\-version" e produrre output su
+stdout sebbene le alternative possano essere specificate usando:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fISTRINGA\fR
+Stringa con opzione alternativa per l'aiuto
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fISTRINGA\fR
+Stringa con opzione alternativa per la versione
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fISTRINGA\fR
+Stringa della versione
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+Include lo stderr nell'analisi dell'output dell'opzione
+.SH "FILE DI INCLUSIONE"
+Nell'output generato possono essere inclusi materiali aggiuntivi con le opzioni
+.B \-\-include
+e
+.BR \-\-opt\-include .
+Il formato è semplice:
+
+    [sezione]
+    testo
+
+    /modello/
+    testo
+
+Blocchi di testo letterale *roff sono inseriti all'interno dell'output
+all'inizio della
+.BI [ sezione ]
+fornita (ignorando la differenza tra maiuscole e minuscole)
+oppure dopo un paragrafo che corrisponde al
+.BI / modello /\fR.
+
+I modelli usano la sintassi delle espressioni regolari Perl e possono essere seguiti dai
+modificatori
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+oppure
+.I m
+(consultare
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Le righe precedenti la prima sezione o i modelli che iniziano con "\-" sono
+elaborati come opzioni.  Qualsiasi altra cosa è ignorata in silenzio e può essere
+usata per commenti, parole chiave RCS e simili.
+
+L'ordine di output delle sezioni (per quelle incluse) è:
+
+    NOME
+    SINTASSI
+    DESCRIZIONE
+    OPZIONI
+    VARIABILI D'AMBIENTE
+    FILE
+    ESEMPI
+    \fIaltre\fR
+    AUTORE
+    SEGNALAZIONE BUG
+    COPYRIGHT
+    VEDERE ANCHE
+
+Qualsiasi sezione
+.B [NOME]
+o
+.B [SINTASSI]
+che compare nel file di inclusione andrà a sostituire quelle che sarebbero
+prodotte automaticamente (anche se è sempre possibile annullare le
+prime con
+.B --name
+se necessario).
+
+Altre sezioni sono inserite prima di quelle automaticamente prodotte in output
+per le sezioni standard fornite precedentemente, oppure sono incluse in
+.I altre
+(come sopra) nell'ordine riscontrato nel file di inclusione.
+.SH DISPONIBILITÀ
+L'ultima versione di questa distribuzione è disponibile online su:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH AUTORE
+Scritto da Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "SEGNALAZIONE BUG"
+Segnalare i bug a <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.br
+Questo è software libero; si vedano i sorgenti per le condizioni di copia.
+NON c'è alcuna garanzia; neppure di COMMERCIABILITÀ o di IDONEITÀ A UNO
+SCOPO PARTICOLARE.
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+L'intera documentazione di
+.B help2man
+è mantenuta come un manuale Texinfo.  Se i programmi
+.B info
+e
+.B help2man
+sono installati correttamente, il comando
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+dovrebbe dare accesso al manuale completo.
diff --git a/help2man.ja.1 b/help2man.ja.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df1231b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.ja.1
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "2012年6月" "help2man 1.40.10" "ユーザーコマンド"
+.SH 名前
+help2man \- 簡易マニュアルページの生成
+.SH 書式
+.B help2man
+[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fIEXECUTABLE\fR
+.SH 説明
+`help2man' は `\-\-help' および `\-\-version' の出力を元にマニュアルページを生成する。
+.PP
+引数 EXECUTABLE には、マニュアル作成の対象とするコマンドを指定する。
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+「名前」セクションで使うコマンドの短い説明
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISECTION\fR
+マニュアルページが所属するセクションの番号 (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+マニュアルの種類 (ユーザコマンド, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+プログラムの出自 (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+ロケールを選択する (デフォルトは "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+`FILE' から原稿を取り込む
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+`FILE' が存在した場合 `FILE' から原稿を取り込む
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+`FILE' へ出力を送る
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+Texinfo マニュアルの名前
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+Texinfo マニュアルの紹介を省略する
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+プログラム名から `lt\-' を取り除く
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+簡単な使い方を表示し終了する
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+バージョン番号を表示し終了する
+.PP
+マニュアル作成の対象になるコマンドは、\-\-help や \fB\-\-version\fR というオプションを受け入れて、
+標準出力にメッセージを表示するようになっているべきである。
+もっとも、以下のオプションを使えば、\-\-help や \fB\-\-version\fR に相当する別のオプションを指定することが可能だ。
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+ヘルプ表示オプションの文字列
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+バージョン表示オプションの文字列
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+バージョンとして表示する文字列
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+オプションの出力を解析するときに標準エラー出力を含める
+.SH インクルードファイル
+.B \-\-include
+や
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+オプションを使用すると、生成する出力に追加の原稿を取り込むことができる。ファイルの書式は単純である。
+
+    [セクション]
+    本文
+
+    /パターン/
+    本文
+
+本文は *roff のテキストであり、出力中の、指定された
+.BI [ セクション ]
+(大文字・小文字は区別されない) の先頭部分や
+.BI / パターン /\fR.
+にマッチするパラグラフの直後に、そのままの形で挿入される。
+
+パターンには Perl の正規表現の文法を使用する。修飾子の
+.IR i
+,
+.I s
+,
+.I m
+を後に付けることもできる (
+.BR perlre (1) を参照)。
+
+最初のセクションやパターンより前にある行で、'\-' で始まっている行は、
+オプションとして処理される。それ以外は、何もせずに無視されるのでコメントや
+RCS のキーワードなどに使用することができる。
+
+セクションの出力順序:
+
+    名前
+    書式
+    説明
+    オプション
+    環境変数
+    ファイル
+    例
+    \fIその他\fR
+    作者
+    バグの報告
+    著作権
+    関連項目
+
+インクルードファイルに
+.B [名前]
+や
+.B [書式]
+というセクションがあれば、そこに記述した内容が、自動的に生成される内容のかわりに出力される。
+ (もっとも、どうしても必要ならば、前者については、
+.B --name
+オプションを使って、さらに置き換えることができるが。)
+
+それ以外のセクションについては、上記の標準的なセクションのために
+自動的に生成される出力の前に挿入されるか、あるいは、(上記の) 
+.I その他
+の位置に、インクルードファイル中で見つかった順番で取り込まれる。
+.SH 入手先
+この配布物の最新バージョンは次の場所から入手可能である。
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH 作者
+作者は Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org> である。
+.SH バグの報告
+バグを発見した場合は <bug\-help2man@gnu.org> に報告されたい。
+.SH 著作権
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+.SH 関連項目
+.B help2man
+の完全なマニュアルは Texinfo マニュアルとして整備されている。もし、
+.B info
+および
+.B help2man
+のプログラムが正しくインストールされているならば、コマンド
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+を使用すると完全なマニュアルを読むことができるはずだ。
diff --git a/help2man.pl.1 b/help2man.pl.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1029287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.pl.1
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "czerwiec 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Polecenia użytkownika"
+.SH NAZWA
+help2man \- generowanie prostej strony podręcznika
+.SH SKŁADNIA
+.B help2man
+[\fIOPCJA\fR]... \fIPROGRAM\fR
+.SH OPIS
+`help2man' generuje stronę podręcznika z wyjścia `\-\-help' i `\-\-version'.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fIŁAŃCUCH\fR
+opis akapitu NAZWA
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISEKCJA\fR
+numer sekcji dla strony podręcznika (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEKST\fR
+nazwa podręcznika (Polecenia użytkownika, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEKST\fR
+pochodzenie programu (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fIŁAŃCUCH\fR
+ustawienie lokalizacji (domyślnie "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIPLIK\fR
+dołączenie materiału z `PLIKU'
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIPLIK\fR
+dołączenie materiału z `PLIKU', jeśli takowy istnieje
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIPLIK\fR
+zapisanie wyjścia do `PLIKU'
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITEKST\fR
+nazwa podręcznika Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+pominięcie wskazania do podręcznika Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+pominięcie `lt\-' z nazwy programu
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+wyświetlenie tego opisu i zakończenie pracy
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+wyświetlenie numeru wersji i zakończenie pracy
+.PP
+PROGRAM powinien przyjmować opcje `\-\-help' oraz `\-\-version' i wypisywać
+informacje na standardowe wyjście, aczkolwiek można podać alternatywne
+sposoby działania przy pomocy:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fIŁAŃCUCH\fR
+łańcuch opcji pomocy
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fIŁAŃCUCH\fR
+łańcuch opcji wersji
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fIŁAŃCUCH\fR
+łańcuch wersji
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+dołączenie stderr przy analizie wyjścia
+.SH "DOŁĄCZANE PLIKI"
+Do generowanego pliku można dołączyć dodatkowy materiał przy pomocy
+opcji
+.B \-\-include
+i
+.BR \-\-opt\-include .
+Format jest prosty:
+
+    [sekcja]
+    tekst
+
+    /wzorzec/
+    tekst
+
+Bloki sformatowanego tekstu *roff są wstawiane do wyjścia na początku
+podanej
+.BI [ sekcji ]
+(bez rozróżniania wielkości liter) lub po akapicie pasującym do
+.BI / wzorca /\fR.
+
+Wzorce zapisuje się przy użyciu składni perlowych wyrażeń regularnych
+i można je zakończyć modyfikatorami
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+lub
+.I m
+(patrz
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Linie przed pierwszą sekcją lub wzorzec zaczynający się od `\-' są
+przetwarzane jako opcje. Cała reszta jest po cichu ignorowana i może
+być używana jako komentarze, słowa kluczowe RCS itp.
+
+Kolejność sekcji na wyjściu to:
+
+    NAZWA
+    SKŁADNIA
+    OPIS
+    OPCJE
+    ŚRODOWISKO
+    PLIKI
+    PRZYKŁADY
+    \fIinne\fR
+    AUTOR
+    ZGŁASZANIE BŁĘDÓW
+    COPYRIGHT
+    ZOBACZ TAKŻE
+
+Każda sekcja
+.B [nazwa]
+lib
+.B [składnia]
+występująca w pliku dołączanym zastępuje to, co zostałoby automatycznie
+wyprodukowane (aczkolwiek można w razie potrzeby obejść to zachowanie przez
+.B --name
+).
+
+Inne sekcje są dołączane do automatycznie generowanego wyjścia
+w przypadku standardowych, wyżej wymienionych sekcji lub włączane
+w miejscu
+.I inne
+(jak wyżej) w kolejności, w jakiej wystąpiły w dołączanym pliku.
+.SH DOSTĘPNOŚĆ
+Najnowsza wersja tego oprogramowania jest dostępna pod:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH AUTOR
+Program napisał Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "ZGŁASZANIE BŁĘDÓW"
+Błędy prosimy zgłaszać na adres <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.br
+Ten program jest darmowy; warunki kopiowania są opisane w źródłach.
+Autorzy nie dają ŻADNYCH gwarancji, w tym również gwarancji PRZYDATNOŚCI
+DO SPRZEDAŻY LUB DO KONKRETNYCH CELÓW.
+.SH "ZOBACZ TAKŻE"
+Pełna dokumentacja dla programu
+.B help2man
+jest utrzymywana jako podręcznik Texinfo. Jeśli programy
+.B info
+oraz
+.B help2man
+są właściwie zainstalowane, polecenie
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+powinno udostępnić kompletny podręcznik.
diff --git a/help2man.pt_BR.1 b/help2man.pt_BR.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3994d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.pt_BR.1
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "junho de 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Comandos de usuário"
+.SH NOME
+help2man \- gera uma página de manual simples
+.SH SINOPSE
+.B help2man
+[\fIOPÇÃO\fR]... \fIEXECUTÁVEL\fR
+.SH DESCRIÇÃO
+"help2man" gera uma página de manual (man page) a partir da saída das opções
+"\-\-help" e "\-\-version".
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fITEXTO\fR
+descrição para o parágrafo NOME
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISEÇÃO\fR
+número da seção para a página do manual (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEXTO\fR
+nome do manual (Comandos do usuário, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEXTO\fR
+origem do programa (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fITEXTO\fR
+seleciona a localidade (padrão: "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIARQUIVO\fR
+inclui o material de "ARQUIVO"
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIARQUIVO\fR
+inclui o material de "ARQUIVO", se ele existir
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIARQUIVO\fR
+envia a saída para ARQUIVO
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITEXTO\fR
+nome do manual Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+suprime o apontador para o manual Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+exclui a parte "lt\-" do nome do programa
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+emite esta ajuda e sai
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+emite o número da versão e sai
+.PP
+O EXECUTÁVEL deveria aceitar as opções "\-\-help" e "\-\-version" e produzir a
+saída para a saída padrão, embora alternativas podem ser especificadas usando:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fITEXTO\fR
+o texto para a opção de ajuda
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fITEXTO\fR
+o texto para a opção de versão
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fITEXTO\fR
+o texto da versão
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+inclui o texto no erro padrão ao analisar a
+saída das opções
+.SH "ARQUIVOS INCLUSOS"
+Materiais adicionais podem ser incluídos na saída gerada com as opções
+.B \-\-include
+e
+.BR \-\-opt\-include .
+O formato é simples:
+
+    [seção]
+    texto
+
+    /padrão/
+    texto
+
+Blocos de texto *roff literais são inseridos na saída ou no início de
+uma dada
+.BI [ seção ]
+(indiferente à maiusculização), ou após um parágrafo que coincida com o
+.BI / padrão /\fR.
+
+Os padrões usam a sintaxe Perl de expressão regular e podem ser seguidos
+pelos modificadores
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+ou
+.I m
+(veja
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+As linhas antes da primeira seção ou de um padrão que comece com
+"\-" são processados como opções. Qualquer outra coisa é ignorada
+silenciosamente e pode ser usada para comentários, palavras-chaves
+RCS e coisas do tipo.
+
+A ordem da saída das seções é:
+
+    NOME
+    SINOPSE
+    DESCRIÇÃO
+    OPÇÕES
+    AMBIENTE
+    ARQUIVOS
+    EXEMPLOS
+    \fIoutra\fR
+    AUTOR
+    RELATANDO PROBLEMAS
+    DIREITOS AUTORAIS
+    VEJA TAMBÉM
+
+Quaisquer seções
+.B [nome]
+ou
+.B [sinopse]
+que apareçam no arquivo de inclusão substituirá o que seria
+produzido automaticamente (embora você ainda possa sobrepor
+o primeiro com
+.B --name
+se necessário).
+
+Outras seções são acrescentadas antes da saída produzida automaticamente
+para as seções padrões citadas acima ou inclusas na posição
+.I outra
+(acima) na ordem em que elas forem encontradas no arquivo de inclusão.
+.SH DISPONIBILIDADE
+A última versão desta distribuição está disponível on-line em:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH AUTOR
+Escrito por Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "RELATANDO PROBLEMAS"
+Relate problemas para <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH "DIREITOS AUTORAIS"
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Este é um software livre; veja o código\-fonte para as condições de cópia.
+NÃO HÁ GARANTIAS; nem mesmo para COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou ADAPTAÇÃO PARA UM
+FIM ESPECÍFICO.
+.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM"
+A documentação completa para
+.B help2man
+é mantida como um manual Texinfo. Se 
+.B info
+e os programas
+.B help2man
+estiverem instalados apropriadamente em sua máquina, o comando
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+deveria lhe fornecer acesso ao manual completo.
diff --git a/help2man.ru.1 b/help2man.ru.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3c402c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.ru.1
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "03.06.2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Пользовательские команды"
+.SH ИМЯ
+help2man \- генерирует простую справочную страницу
+.SH ОБЗОР
+.B help2man
+[\fIПАРАМЕТР\fR]... \fIИСПОЛНЯЕМЫЙ_ФАЙЛ\fR
+.SH ОПИСАНИЕ
+help2man генерирует справочную страницу исходя из результатов \fB\-\-help\fR и \fB\-\-version\fR.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fIСТРОКА\fR
+описание для параграфа ИМЯ
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fIРАЗДЕЛ\fR
+номер раздела справочной страницы (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+имя справочника (Пользовательские команды, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+источник программы (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fIСТРОКА\fR
+задать локаль (по умолчанию «C»)
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIФАЙЛ\fR
+включить материал из ФАЙЛА
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIФАЙЛ\fR
+включить материал из ФАЙЛА, если он есть
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIФАЙЛ\fR
+записать результат в ФАЙЛ
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+имя справочника Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+не выдавать указатель на справочник Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+исключить lt\- из имени программы
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+показать эту справку и закончить работу
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+показать номер версии и закончить работу
+.PP
+ИСПОЛНЯЕМЫЙ_ФАЙЛ должен принимать параметры \fB\-\-help\fR и \fB\-\-version\fR и выдавать
+результат в стандартный вывод, но можно указать альтернативные параметры:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fIСТРОКА\fR
+строка параметра для получения справки
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fIСТРОКА\fR
+строка параметра для получения версии
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fIСТРОКА\fR
+строка версии
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+анализировать stderr при разборе
+результатов параметра
+.SH "ВКЛЮЧЁННЫЕ ФАЙЛЫ"
+В генерируемый результат может быть включён дополнительный материал
+с помощью параметра
+.B \-\-include
+и
+.BR \-\-opt\-include .
+Формат прост:
+
+    [раздел]
+    текст
+
+    /шаблон/
+    текст
+
+Блоки *roff текста вставляются в результат дословно или в
+начало заданного
+.BI [ раздела ]
+(регистр неважен), или после параграфа, подходящего под
+.BI / шаблон /\fR.
+
+В шаблонах используется синтаксис регулярных выражений Perl, и они могут
+указываться после модификаторов
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+или
+.I m
+(см.
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Строки перед первым разделом или шаблоном, который начинается с «\-»
+обрабатываются как параметры. Всё остальное просто игнорируется и может
+быть использованы как комментарии, ключи RCS и т.д.
+
+Порядок вывода разделов (для включённых):
+
+    ИМЯ
+    ОБЗОР
+    ОПИСАНИЕ
+    ПАРАМЕТРЫ
+    ОКРУЖЕНИЕ
+    ФАЙЛЫ
+    ПРИМЕРЫ
+    \fIдругой\fR
+    АВТОР
+    СООБЩЕНИЯ ОБ ОШИБКАХ
+    COPYRIGHT
+    СМОТРИТЕ ТАКЖЕ
+
+Любые появляющиеся во включаемом файле разделы
+.B [ИМЯ]
+или
+.B [ОБЗОР]
+будут заменены на автоматически создаваемые
+(хотя вы всё равно можете перезаписать первый
+с помощью параметра
+.B --name
+).
+
+Другие разделы добавляются к автоматически созданным
+стандартным разделам, указанным ранее, или включаются на место
+.I другого
+(выше) в порядке, в котором они расположены во включаемом файле.
+.SH ДОСТУПНОСТЬ
+Последняя версия этого дистрибутива доступна под адресу:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH АВТОР
+Автор: Брэндон О'Ди (Brendan O'Dea) <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "СООБЩЕНИЯ ОБ ОШИБКАХ"
+Об ошибках сообщайте по адресу: <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.br
+Это свободное ПО; условия копирования см. в исходном коде.
+Нет НИКАКИХ ГАРАНТИЙ; даже подразумеваемыми гарантиями
+КОММЕРЧЕСКОЙ ЦЕННОСТИ и ПРИГОДНОСТИ ДЛЯ КОНКРЕТНОЙ ЦЕЛИ.
+.SH "СМОТРИТЕ ТАКЖЕ"
+Полная документация на
+.B help2man
+ведётся в справочнике Texinfo. Если программы
+.B info
+и
+.B help2man
+установлены, то по команде
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+можно получить доступ к полному справочнику.
diff --git a/help2man.sr.1 b/help2man.sr.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa7195a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.sr.1
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH ГНУ "1" "јун 2012." "ГНУ help2man 1.40.10" "Корисничке наредбе"
+.SH НАЗИВ
+help2man \— ствара страницу упутства
+.SH УВОД
+.B help2man
+[\fIОПЦИЈА\fR]... \fIИЗВРШНИ\fR
+.SH ОПИС
+„help2man“ ствара странице упутства из „\-\-help“ и „\-\-version“ излаза.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fIНИСКА\fR
+опис пасуса НАЗИВ
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fIОДЕЉАК\fR
+број одељка за страницу упутства (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+назив упутства (Корисничке наредбе, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+извор програма (3ЦЦ, Дебијан, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fIНИСКА\fR
+бира локалитет (основно је "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIДАТОТЕКА\fR
+укључује материјал из „ДАТОТЕКЕ“
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIДАТОТЕКА\fR
+укључује материјал из ДАТОТЕКЕ ако постоји
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIДАТОТЕКА\fR
+шаље излаз у ДАТОТЕКУ
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+назив Тексинфо упутства
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+потискује указивач на Тексинфо упутства
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+искључује „lt\-“ из назива програма
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+исписује ову помоћ, затим излази
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+исписује број издања, затим излази
+.PP
+ИЗВРШНИ треба да прихвати „\-\-help“ и „\-\-version“ опције и да произведе излаз
+на стандардном излазу иако алтернативе могу бити наведене користећи:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fIНИСКА\fR
+ниска опције помоћи
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fIНИСКА\fR
+ниска опције издања
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fIНИСКА\fR
+ниска издања
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+укључује стандардну грешку при обради излаза опције
+.PP
+Грешке пријавите на <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.PP
+Ауторска права (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Задужбина слободног софтвера, Инц.
+Ово је слободан софтвер; погледајте извор за услове умножавања.  Нема НИКАКВЕ
+гаранције; чак ни за ТРЖИШНУ ВРЕДНОСТ или ПРИЛАГОЂЕНОСТИ ПОСЕБНОЈ НАМЕНИ.
+.PP
+Написао је Брендан О'Деа <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "УКЉУЧИ ДАТОТЕКЕ"
+Додатни материјал може бити укључен у створени резултат употребом
+.B \-\-include
+и
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+опцијом.  Облик је једноставан:
+
+    [одељак]
+    текст
+
+    /шаблон/
+    текст
+
+Блокови дословног *рофф текста су уметнути у резултату било на
+почетку датог
+.BI [ одељка ]
+(неосетљив на величину слова), или након поклапања пасуса са
+.BI / шаблоном /\fR.
+
+Шаблони користе синтаксу регуларног израза Перла и за њима могу да
+стоје
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+или
+.I m
+измењивачи (погледајте
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Редови пре првог одељка или шаблона који почињу са „\-“ се
+обрађују као опције.  Све остало се немо занемарује и може бити
+коришћено за напомене, РЦС кључне речи и слично.
+
+Поредак резултата одељка (за оне укључене) је:
+
+    НАЗИВ
+    УВОД
+    ОПИС
+    ОПЦИЈЕ
+    ОКРУЖЕЊЕ
+    ДАТОТЕКЕ
+    ПРИМЕРИ
+    \fIостало\fR
+    АУТОР
+    ПРИЈАВЉИВАЊЕ ГРЕШАКА
+    АУТОРСКА ПРАВА
+    ПОГЛЕДАЈТЕ ТАКОЂЕ
+
+Сваки
+.B [НАЗИВ]
+или
+.B [УВОД]
+одељак који се појави у датотеци укључивања ће заменити оно што је
+самостално произведено (ипак можете још увек да прескочите
+модел са
+.B --name
+ако је затражено).
+
+Остали одељци су прикачени самостално произведеном резултату за
+стандардне одељке дате изнад, или укључени у
+.I осталим
+(изнад) по редоследу како су проналажени у датотеци укључивања.
+.SH ДОСТУПНОСТ
+Најновије издање ове расподеле је доступно на мрежи са:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH "ПОГЛЕДАЈТЕ ТАКОЂЕ"
+Потпуна документација за
+.B ГНУ
+је одржавана као Тексинфо упутство.  Ако су
+.B инфо
+и
+.B ГНУ
+исправно инсталирани на вашем сајту, наредба
+.IP
+.B инфо ГНУ
+.PP
+треба да вам да приступ потпуном упутству.
diff --git a/help2man.sv.1 b/help2man.sv.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ebf2e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.sv.1
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "juni 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Användarkommandon"
+.SH NAMN
+help2man \- generera en enkel manualsida
+.SH BESKRIVNING
+`help2man' generates a man page out of `\-\-help' and `\-\-version' output.
+.PP
+Usage: help2man [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+description for the NAME paragraph
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fISECTION\fR
+section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+name of manual (User Commands, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+select locale (default "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+include material from `FILE'
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+include material from `FILE' if it exists
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFILE\fR
+send output to `FILE'
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+name of Texinfo manual
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+suppress pointer to Texinfo manual
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+exclude the `lt\-' from the program name
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+print this help, then exit
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+print version number, then exit
+.PP
+EXECUTABLE should accept `\-\-help' and `\-\-version' options and produce output on
+stdout although alternatives may be specified using:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+help option string
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+version option string
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fISTRING\fR
+version string
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+include stderr when parsing option output
+.SH "INKLUDERA FILER"
+Ytterligare material kan inkluderas i den genererade utskriften med flaggorna
+.B \-\-include
+och
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+Formatet är enkelt:
+
+    [sektion]
+    text
+
+    /mönster/
+    text
+
+Block av *roff-text infogas ord för ord i utskriften antingen vid
+början av angiven
+.BI [ section ]
+(okänslig för skiftläge), eller efter en paragraf som matchar
+.BI / mönster /\fR.
+
+Mönster använder Perls syntax för reguljära uttryck och kan efterföljas av modifierarna
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+eller
+.I m
+(se
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Rader före den första sektionen eller mönstret som börjar med "\-"
+behandlas som flaggor.  Allt annat ignoreras tyst och kan användas
+för kommentarer, RCS-nyckelord och liknande.
+
+Ordning på sektionsutskriften är:
+
+    NAMN
+    SYNOPSIS
+    BESKRIVNING
+    FLAGGOR
+    ENVIRONMENT
+    FILES
+    EXEMPEL
+    \fIövrigt\fR
+    UPPHOVSMAN
+    RAPPORTERA FEL
+    COPYRIGHT
+    SE OCKSÅ
+
+Alla sektioner
+.B [namn]
+eller
+.B [synopsis]
+som visas i inkluderingsfilen kommer att ersätta vad som skulle
+automatiskt bli producerat (även om du fortfarande kan åsidosätta
+de senare med
+.B --name
+om det krävs).
+
+Andra sektioner läggs till i början av den automatiskt producerade utskriften
+för standardsektionerna angivna ovan, eller inkluderas vid
+.I övrigt
+(ovan) i den ordning de påträffades i inkluderingsfilen.
+.SH TILLGÄNGLIGHET
+Senaste versionen av den här utgåvan finns tillgänglig online från:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH UPPHOVSMAN
+Skrivet av Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "RAPPORTERA FEL"
+Report bugs to <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.br
+Det här är fri programvara; se källkoden för kopieringsvillkor.  Det finns INGEN
+garanti; inte ens för SÄLJBARHET eller LÄMPLIGHET FÖR SPECIELLT ÄNDAMÅL.
+.SH "SE OCKSÅ"
+Den fullständiga dokumentationen för
+.B help2man
+underhålls som en Texinfo-manual.
+Om den
+.B info
+och
+B. help2man
+programmen är ordentligt installerade på ditt system, kommandot
+.IP
+.B information help2man
+.PP
+bör ge dig tillgång till den kompletta manualen.
diff --git a/help2man.texi b/help2man.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b849e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@setfilename help2man.info
+@settitle @command{help2man} Reference Manual
+@finalout
+
+@dircategory Software development
+@direntry
+* help2man: (help2man).      Automatic manual page generation.
+@end direntry
+
+@copying
+This file documents the GNU @command{help2man} command which produces
+simple manual pages from the @samp{--help} and @samp{--version} output
+of other commands.
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010, 2011
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@end copying
+
+@titlepage
+@title help2man
+@subtitle A utility for generating simple manual pages
+@author Brendan O'Dea @email{bod@@debian.org}
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010, 2011
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top @command{help2man}
+
+@command{help2man} produces simple manual pages from the @samp{--help}
+and @samp{--version} output of other commands.
+
+@menu
+* Overview::                    Overview of @command{help2man}.
+* Invoking help2man::           How to run @command{help2man}.
+* --help recommendations::      Recommended formatting for --help output.
+* Including text::              Including additional text in the output.
+* Makefile usage::              Using @command{help2man} with @command{make}.
+* Localised man pages::         Producing native language manual pages.
+* Example::                     Example @command{help2man} output.
+* Reports::                     Reporting bugs or suggestions.
+* Availability::                Obtaining @command{help2man}.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@node Overview
+@chapter Overview of @command{help2man}
+
+@command{help2man} is a tool for automatically generating simple
+manual pages from program output.
+
+Although manual pages are optional for GNU programs other projects,
+such as Debian require them (@pxref{Man Pages, , , standards, GNU
+Coding Standards})
+
+This program is intended to provide an easy way for software authors
+to include a manual page in their distribution without having to
+maintain that document.
+
+Given a program which produces reasonably standard @samp{--help} and
+@samp{--version} outputs, @command{help2man} can re-arrange that
+output into something which resembles a manual page.
+
+@node Invoking help2man
+@chapter How to Run @command{help2man}
+
+The format for running the @command{help2man} program is:
+
+@example
+@command{help2man} [@var{option}]@dots{} @var{executable}
+@end example
+
+@command{help2man} supports the following options:
+
+@table @samp
+@item -n @var{string}
+@itemx --name=@var{string}
+Use @var{string} as the description for the @samp{NAME} paragraph of
+the manual page.
+
+By default (for want of anything better) this paragraph contains
+@samp{manual page for @var{program} @var{version}}.
+
+This option overrides an include file @samp{[name]} section
+(@pxref{Including text}).
+
+@item -s @var{section}
+@itemx --section @var{section}
+Use @var{section} as the section for the man page.  The default
+section is 1.
+
+@item -m @var{manual}
+@itemx --manual=@var{manual}
+Set the name of the manual section to @var{section}, used as a centred
+heading for the manual page.  By default @samp{User Commands} is used
+for pages in section 1, @samp{Games} for section 6 and @samp{System
+Administration Utilities} for sections 8 and 1M.
+
+@item -S @var{source}
+@itemx --source=@var{source}
+The program source is used as a page footer, and often contains the name
+of the organisation or a suite of which the program is part.  By default
+the value is the package name and version.
+
+@item -L @var{locale}
+@itemx --locale=@var{locale}
+Select output locale (default @samp{C}).  Both the program and
+@command{help2man} must support the given @var{locale}
+(@pxref{Localised man pages}).
+
+@item -i @var{file}
+@itemx --include=@var{file}
+Include material from @var{file} (@pxref{Including text}).
+
+@item -I @var{file}
+@itemx --opt-include=@var{file}
+A variant of @samp{--include} for use in Makefile pattern rules which
+does not require @var{file} to exist.
+
+@item -o @var{file}
+@itemx --output=@var{file}
+Send output to @var{file} rather than @code{stdout}.
+
+@item -p @var{text}
+@itemx --info-page=@var{text}
+Name of Texinfo manual.
+
+@item -N
+@itemx --no-info
+Suppress inclusion of a @samp{SEE ALSO} paragraph directing the reader
+to the Texinfo documentation.
+
+@item -l
+@itemx --libtool
+Drop @file{lt-} prefix from instances of the program name in the
+synopsis (@command{libtool} creates wrapper scripts in the build
+directory which invoke @command{foo} as @command{.libs/lt-foo}).
+
+@item --help
+@itemx --version
+Show help or version information.
+@end table
+
+By default @command{help2man} passes the standard @samp{--help} and
+@samp{--version} options to the executable although alternatives may
+be specified using:
+
+@table @samp
+@item -h @var{option}
+@itemx --help-option=@var{option}
+Help option string.
+
+@item -v @var{option}
+@itemx --version-option=@var{option}
+Version option string.
+
+@item --version-string=@var{string}
+Version string.
+
+@item --no-discard-stderr
+Include stderr when parsing option output.
+@end table
+
+@node --help recommendations
+@chapter @option{--help} Recommendations
+
+Here are some recommendations for what to include in your
+@option{--help} output.  Including these gives @command{help2man} the
+best chance at generating a respectable man page, as well as
+benefitting users directly.
+
+@xref{Command-Line Interfaces, , , standards, GNU Coding Standards},
+and @ref{Man Pages, , , standards, GNU Coding Standards}, for the
+official GNU standards relating to @option{--help} and man pages.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+A synopsis of how to invoke the program.  If different usages of the
+program have different invocations, then list them all.  For example
+(edited for brevity):
+
+@smallexample
+Usage: cp [OPTION]... SOURCE DEST
+  or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+@dots{}
+@end smallexample
+
+Use @code{argv[0]} for the program name in these synopses, just as it
+is, with no directory stripping.  This is in contrast to the canonical
+(constant) name of the program which is used in @option{--version}.
+
+@item
+A very brief explanation of what the program does, including default
+and/or typical behaviour.  For example, here is @command{cp}'s:
+
+@example
+Copy SOURCE to DEST, or multiple SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.
+@end example
+
+@item
+A list of options, indented to column 2.  If the program supports
+one-character options, put those first, then the equivalent long option
+(if any).  If the option takes an argument, include that too, giving it
+a meaningful name.  Align the descriptions in a convenient column, if
+desired.  Note that to be correctly recognised by @command{help2man}
+the description must be separated from the options by at least two
+spaces and descriptions continued on subsequent lines must start at
+the same column.
+
+Here again is an (edited) excerpt from @command{cp}, showing a short
+option with an equivalent long option, a long option only, and a short
+option only:
+
+@smallexample
+  -a, --archive                same as -dpR
+      --backup[=CONTROL]       make a backup of each ...
+  -b                           like --backup but ...
+@end smallexample
+
+For programs that take many options, it may be desirable to split the
+option list into sections such as `Global', `Output control', or
+whatever makes sense in the particular case.  It is usually best to
+alphabetise (by short option name first, then long) within each section,
+or the entire list if there are no sections.
+
+@item
+Any useful additional information about program behaviour, such as
+influential environment variables, further explanation of options, etc.
+For example, @command{cp} discusses @env{VERSION_CONTROL} and sparse
+files.
+
+@item
+A few examples of typical usage, at your discretion.  One good example
+is usually worth a thousand words of description, so this is
+highly recommended.
+
+@item
+@cindex address for bug reports
+@cindex bug reports
+In closing, a line stating how to email bug reports.  Typically,
+@var{mailing-address} will be @samp{bug-@var{program}@@gnu.org}; please
+use this form for GNU programs whenever possible.  It's also good to
+mention the home page of the program, other mailing lists, etc.
+
+@end itemize
+
+The @code{argp} and @code{popt} programming interfaces let you specify
+option descriptions for @option{--help} in the same structure as the
+rest of the option definition; you may wish to consider using these
+routines for option parsing instead of @code{getopt}.
+
+@node Including text
+@chapter Including Additional Text in the Output
+
+Additional static text may be included in the generated manual page by
+using the @samp{--include} and @samp{--opt-include} options
+(@pxref{Invoking help2man}).  While these files can be named anything,
+for consistency we suggest to use the extension @code{.h2m} for
+help2man include files.
+
+The format for files included with these option is simple:
+
+@example
+[section]
+text
+
+/pattern/
+text
+@end example
+
+Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at
+the start of the given @samp{[section]} (case insensitive), or after a
+paragraph matching @samp{/pattern/}.
+
+Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by
+the @samp{i}, @samp{s} or @samp{m} modifiers (@pxref{perlre, ,
+perlre(1), *manpages*, The @code{perlre(1)} manual page})
+
+Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with @samp{-}
+are processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may
+be used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.
+
+The section output order (for those included) is:
+
+@example
+NAME
+SYNOPSIS
+DESCRIPTION
+OPTIONS
+ENVIRONMENT
+FILES
+EXAMPLES
+@emph{other}
+AUTHOR
+REPORTING BUGS
+COPYRIGHT
+SEE ALSO
+@end example
+
+Any @samp{[name]} or @samp{[synopsis]} sections appearing in the
+include file will replace what would have automatically been produced
+(although you can still override the former with @samp{--name} if
+required).
+
+Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for
+the standard sections given above, or included at @emph{other} (above)
+in the order they were encountered in the include file.
+
+@node Makefile usage
+@chapter Using @command{help2man} With @command{make}
+
+A suggested use of @command{help2man} in Makefiles is to have the
+manual page depend not on the binary, but on the source file(s) in
+which the @samp{--help} and @samp{--version} output are defined.
+
+This usage allows a manual page to be generated by the maintainer and
+included in the distribution without requiring the end-user to have
+@command{help2man} installed.
+
+An example rule for the program @code{prog} could be:
+
+@example
+@group
+prog.1: $(srcdir)/main.c
+        -$(HELP2MAN) --output=$@@ --name='an example program' ./prog
+@end group
+@end example
+
+The value of @code{HELP2MAN} may be set in @code{configure.in} using
+either of:
+
+@example
+AM_MISSING_PROG(HELP2MAN, help2man, $missing_dir)
+@end example
+
+for @command{automake}, or something like:
+
+@example
+AC_PATH_PROG(HELP2MAN, help2man, false // No help2man //)
+@end example
+
+for @command{autoconf} alone.
+
+@node Localised man pages
+@chapter Producing Native Language Manual Pages
+
+Manual pages may be produced for any locale supported by both the
+program and @command{help2man} with the @samp{--locale} (@samp{-L})
+option.
+
+@example
+help2man -L fr_FR@@euro -o cp.fr.1 cp
+@end example
+
+See @url{http://translationproject.org/domain/help2man.html} for the
+languages currently supported by @command{help2man}, and
+@pxref{Reports} for how to submit other translations.
+
+@section Changing the Location of Message Catalogs
+
+When creating localised manual pages from a program's build directory it
+is probable that the translations installed in the standard location
+will not be (if installed at all) correct for the version of the
+program being built.
+
+A preloadable library is provided with @command{help2man} which will
+intercept @code{bindtextdomain} calls configuring the location of message
+catalogs for the domain given by @env{$TEXTDOMAIN} and override the
+location to the path given by @env{$LOCALEDIR}.
+
+So for example:
+
+@example
+mkdir -p tmp/fr/LC_MESSAGES
+cp po/fr.gmo tmp/fr/LC_MESSAGES/@var{prog}.mo
+LD_PRELOAD="/usr/lib/help2man/bindtextdomain.so" \
+  LOCALEDIR=tmp \
+  TEXTDOMAIN=@var{prog} \
+  help2man -L fr_FR@@euro -i @var{prog}.fr.h2m -o @var{prog}.fr.1 @var{prog}
+rm -rf tmp
+@end example
+
+will cause @var{prog} to load the message catalog from @samp{tmp}
+rather than @samp{/usr/share/locale}.
+
+Notes:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The generalisation of @samp{fr_FR@@euro} to @samp{fr} in the example
+above is done by @code{gettext}, if a more specific match were available
+it would also have been re-mapped.
+
+@item
+This preload has only been tested against @command{eglibc} 2.11.2 and
+@command{gettext} 0.18.1.1 on a GNU/Linux system; let me know if it
+does (or doesn't) work for you (@pxref{Reports}).
+@end itemize
+
+@node Example
+@chapter Example @command{help2man} Output
+
+Given a hypothetical program @command{foo} which produces the following output:
+
+@c Default values strong/em to be used in Examples, these are
+@c overridden for info, which doesn't have real bold/italic.
+@macro exstrong{text}
+@strong{\text\}
+@end macro
+@macro exemph{text}
+@emph{\text\}
+@end macro
+
+@c No-op version for info:
+@ifinfo
+@unmacro exstrong
+@macro exstrong{text}
+\text\
+@end macro
+@unmacro exemph
+@macro exemph{text}
+\text\
+@end macro
+@end ifinfo
+
+@example
+@exstrong{$ foo --version}
+GNU foo 1.1
+
+Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Written by A. Programmer.
+@exstrong{$ foo --help}
+GNU `foo' does nothing interesting except serve as an example for
+`help2man'.
+
+Usage: foo [OPTION]...
+
+Options:
+  -a, --option      an option
+  -b, --another-option[=VALUE]
+                    another option
+
+      --help        display this help and exit
+      --version     output version information and exit
+
+Examples:
+  foo               do nothing
+  foo --option      the same thing, giving `--option'
+
+Report bugs to <bug-gnu-utils@@gnu.org>.
+@end example
+
+@command{help2man} will produce @command{nroff} input for a manual
+page which will be formatted something like this:
+
+@example
+FOO(1)                         User Commands                        FOO(1)
+
+
+@exstrong{NAME}
+       foo - manual page for foo 1.1
+
+@exstrong{SYNOPSIS}
+       foo [OPTION]...
+
+@exstrong{DESCRIPTION}
+       GNU  `foo'  does nothing interesting except serve as an example for
+       `help2man'.
+
+@exstrong{OPTIONS}
+       @exstrong{-a}, @exstrong{--option}
+              an option
+
+       @exstrong{-b}, @exstrong{--another-option}[=@exemph{VALUE}]
+              another option
+
+       @exstrong{--help} display this help and exit
+
+       @exstrong{--version}
+              output version information and exit
+
+@exstrong{EXAMPLES}
+       foo    do nothing
+
+       foo @exstrong{--option}
+              the same thing, giving `--option'
+
+@exstrong{AUTHOR}
+       Written by A. Programmer.
+
+@exstrong{REPORTING BUGS}
+       Report bugs to <bug-gnu-utils@@gnu.org>.
+
+@exstrong{COPYRIGHT}
+       Copyright @copyright{} 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+       This is free software;  see  the  source  for  copying  conditions.
+       There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+       PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@exstrong{SEE ALSO}
+       The full documentation for @exstrong{foo} is maintained as a  Texinfo  manual.
+       If  the  @exstrong{info} and @exstrong{foo} programs are properly installed at your site,
+       the command
+
+              @exstrong{info foo}
+
+       should give you access to the complete manual.
+
+
+foo 1.1                          May 2011                           FOO(1)
+@end example
+
+@node Reports
+@chapter Reporting Bugs or Suggestions
+
+If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or
+manual, please report them to @email{bug-help2man@@gnu.org}.
+
+Note to translators: Translations are handled though the
+@uref{http://translationproject.org/, Translation Project} see
+@url{http://translationproject.org/html/translators.html} for details.
+
+@node Availability
+@chapter Obtaining @command{help2man}
+
+The latest version of this distribution is available online from GNU
+mirrors:
+
+@example
+@url{http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/help2man/}
+@end example
+
+If automatic redirection fails, the list of mirrors is at:
+
+@example
+@url{http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html}
+@end example
+
+Or if need be you can use the main GNU ftp server:
+@example
+@url{http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/}
+@end example
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/help2man.uk.1 b/help2man.uk.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40d395c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.uk.1
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "03.06.12" "help2man 1.40.10" "Команди користувача"
+.SH НАЗВА
+help2man \— програма для створення простих сторінок довідника
+.SH "КОРОТКИЙ ОПИС"
+.B help2man
+[\fIПАРАМЕТР\fR]... \fIВИКОНУВАНИЙ_ФАЙЛ\fR
+.SH ОПИС
+help2man створює сторінку довідника (man) на основі даних виконання програми з параметрами \fB\-\-help\fR та \fB\-\-version\fR.
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fIРЯДОК\fR
+опис для розділу НАЗВА
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fIРОЗДІЛ\fR
+номер розділу для сторінки довідника (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+назва довідника (Команди користувача...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+джерело програми (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fIРЯДОК\fR
+вибрати локаль (типове значення "C")
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fIФАЙЛ\fR
+включити матеріали з ФАЙЛа
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fIФАЙЛ\fR
+включити матеріали з ФАЙЛа, якщо такий існує
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIФАЙЛ\fR
+надіслати виведені дані до ФАЙЛа
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fIТЕКСТ\fR
+назва довідника Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+придушити посилання на підручник Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+виключити «lt\-» з назви програми
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+показати ці довідкові дані, потім завершити роботу
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+показати дані щодо версії, потім завершити роботу
+.PP
+У ВИКОНУВАНОМУ_ФАЙЛІ має бути передбачено використання параметрів «\-\-help» та «\-\-version» з виведенням
+даних до stdout. Ви можете внести зміни до цих типових вимог за допомогою таких параметрів:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fIРЯДОК\fR
+рядок параметра виведення довідкових даних
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fIРЯДОК\fR
+рядок параметра виведення даних щодо версії
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fIРЯДОК\fR
+рядок версії
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+використовувати дані зі stderr під час обробки виведених даних
+.SH "ФАЙЛИ-ВКЛЮЧЕННЯ"
+Включити додаткові матеріали до створеної сторінки можна за допомогою параметрів
+.B \-\-include
+та
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+Формат включених даних доволі простий:
+
+    [розділ]
+    текст
+
+    /шаблон/
+    текст
+
+Блоки тексту *roff вставляються до виведених даних або на початку вказаного
+.BI [ розділу ]
+(без врахування регістру), або після абзацу, що відповідає
+.BI / шаблону /\fR.
+
+У шаблонах слід використовувати синтаксис формальних виразів
+за ними можна вказувати модифікатори
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+or
+.I m
+(див.
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Рядки перед першим розділом або шаблоном, які починаються з набору символів «\-»,
+вважаються визначеннями параметрів. Всі інші такі рядки буде проігноровано,
+ними можна скористатися для коментування, ключових слів RCS тощо.
+
+Порядок виведення розділів (для включених розділів):
+
+    НАЗВА
+    КОРОТКИЙ ОПИС
+    ОПИС
+    ПАРАМЕТРИ
+    СЕРЕДОВИЩЕ
+    ФАЙЛИ
+    ПРИКЛАДИ
+    \fIінше\fR
+    АВТОР
+    Як надіслати звіт про вади
+    Авторські права
+    ТАКОЖ ПЕРЕГЛЯНЬТЕ
+
+Будь-які розділи
+.B [НАЗВА]
+або
+.B [КОРОТКИЙ ОПИС]
+вказані у включеному файлі, замінять собою відповідні розділи,
+створені у автоматичному режимі. Ви можете зберегти перший з цих
+розділів за допомогою параметра
+.B --name
+якщо захочете.
+
+Інші розділи буде додано перед автоматично створеними даними стандартних
+розділів, вказаних вище, або буде включено до
+.I іншого
+(вище) у порядку, у якому їх вказано у файлі-включенні.
+.SH "ДОСТУП ДО ПРОГРАМИ"
+Найсвіжішу версію цього пакунка можна знайти у інтернеті:
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH "Як надіслати звіт про вади"
+Про вади повідомляйте на адресу <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.PP
+© Free Software Foundation, Inc., 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
+Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах. Умовами ліцензування програми НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або придатності для певної мети.
+.PP
+Автором програми є Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "ТАКОЖ ПЕРЕГЛЯНЬТЕ"
+Повноцінну документацію з
+.B help2man
+можна знайти у довіднику Texinfo. Якщо у вашій системі встановлено
+.B info
+та
+.B help2man
+за допомогою команди
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+ви зможете отримати доступ до повноцінного підручника.
diff --git a/help2man.vi.1 b/help2man.vi.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff22fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help2man.vi.1
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by help2man 1.40.10.
+.TH HELP2MAN "1" "Tháng sáu 2012" "help2man 1.40.10" "Lệnh người dùng"
+.SH TÊN
+help2man \- tạo một trang hướng dẫn đơn giản
+.SH "TÓM TẮT"
+.B help2man
+[\fITÙY_CHỌN\fR]... \fITÊN-LỆNH\fR
+.SH "MÔ TẢ"
+« help2man » tạo một trang hướng dẫn dựa vào kết xuất của tuỳ chọn
+`\-\-help' (trợ giúp) và `\-\-version' (phiên bản).
+.TP
+\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-name\fR=\fICHUỖI\fR
+mô tả cho đoạn văn TÊN (NAME)
+.TP
+\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-section\fR=\fIPHẦN\fR
+số thứ tự phần cho trang hướng dẫn (1, 6, 8)
+.TP
+\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR=\fITÊN\fR
+tên của trang hướng dẫn (User Commands, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-source\fR=\fITEXT\fR
+nguồn của chương trình (FSF, Debian, ...)
+.TP
+\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-locale\fR=\fICHUỖI\fR
+chọn miền địa phương (mặc định "C";
+.IP
+đối với tiếng Việt thì là « vi_VN.UTF\-8 »)
+.TP
+\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-include\fR=\fITỆP\fR
+bao gồm dữ liệu từ tập tin này
+.TP
+\fB\-I\fR, \fB\-\-opt\-include\fR=\fITỆP\fR
+bao gồm dữ liệu từ tập tin này nếu có
+.TP
+\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fITỆP\fR
+gửi kết xuất cho tập tin này
+.TP
+\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-info\-page\fR=\fITÊN\fR
+tên của trang hướng dẫn loại Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-no\-info\fR
+thu hồi cái chỉ tới trang hướng dẫn Texinfo
+.TP
+\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-libtool\fR
+loại trừ `lt\-' từ tên của chương trình
+.TP
+\fB\-\-help\fR
+hiển thị trợ giúp này, sau đó thoát
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\fR
+hiển thị số thứ tự phiên bản, sau đó thoát
+.PP
+TÊN\-LỆNH có thể chấp nhận hai tuỳ chọn `\-\-help' và `\-\-version' và sản sinh kết xuất
+qua đầu ra tiêu chuẩn (stdout) mặc dù cũng có thể ghi rõ thêm tuỳ chọn:
+.TP
+\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\-option\fR=\fICHUỖI\fR
+chuỗi là tuỳ chọn trợ giúp
+.TP
+\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-version\-option\fR=\fICHUỖI\fR
+chuỗi là tuỳ chọn phiên bản
+.TP
+\fB\-\-version\-string\fR=\fICHUỖI\fR
+chuỗi phiên bản
+.TP
+\fB\-\-no\-discard\-stderr\fR
+bao gồm cả kết xuất từ đầu ra lỗi tiêu chuẩn
+khi phân tích cú pháp của kết xuất tuỳ chọn
+.PP
+Thông báo lỗi nào cho <bug\-help2man@gnu.org>.
+.PP
+Tác quyền (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010,
+2011, 2012 Tổ chức Phần mềm Tự do.
+Đây là phần mềm miễn phí; xem trong mã nguồn để biết các điều khoản về sao chép.  Đây KHÔNG
+bảo hành; thậm chí còn có thể BÁN ĐƯỢC hay PHÙ HỢP VỚI MỤC ĐÍCH ĐẶC THÙ.
+.SH "TỆP BAO GỒM"
+Cũng có thể bao gồm dữ liệu bổ sung trong kết xuất, dùng tuỳ chọn
+.B \-\-include
+và
+.B \-\-opt\-include
+Có một định dạng đơn giản:
+
+    [phần]
+    chuỗi
+
+    /mẫu/
+    chuỗi
+
+Khối văn bản định dạng *roff đúng nguyên văn được chèn vào kết xuất
+hoặc ở đầu của phần
+.BI [ phần ]
+(không phân biệt chữ hoa/thường),
+hoặc đẳng sau một đoạn văn tương ứng với mẫu
+.BI / mẫu /\fR.
+
+Mẫu chấp nhận cú pháp của biểu thức chính quy Perl,
+và cũng cho phép dấu sửa đổi
+.IR i ,
+.I s
+hay
+.I m
+(xem
+.BR perlre (1)).
+
+Dòng nào đẳng trước phần đầu tiên hoặc mẫu bắt đầu với « \- » thì được xử lý dưới dạng tuỳ chọn. Dữ liệu khác (nếu có) bị bỏ qua mà không xuất chi tiết, và có thể được sử dụng làm ghi chú, từ khoá RCS v.v.
+
+Thứ tự xuất phần (đã bao gồm):
+
+    TÊN
+    TÓM TẮT
+    MÔ TẢ
+    TÙY CHỌN
+    MÔI TRƯỜNG
+    TỆP
+    VÍ DỤ
+    \fIkhác\fR
+    TÁC GIẢ
+    THÔNG BÁO LỖI
+    BẢN QUYỀN
+    XEM THÊM
+
+Bắt cứ phần
+.B [NAME]
+hoặc
+.B [SYNOPSIS]
+nào xuất hiện trong tập tin bao gồm thì thay thế kết xuất tự động tạo
+(dù bạn vẫn còn có dịp ghi đè lên phần [NAME] bằng:
+.B --name
+nếu cần).
+
+NAME: TÊN
+SYNOPSIS: TÓM TẮT
+
+Các phần khác được thêm vào đầu của kết xuất tự động tạo
+cho những phần tiêu chuẩn đưa ra trên, hoặc được bao gồm tại
+.I other
+(bên trên) theo thứ tự gặp trong tập tin bao gồm.
+.SH "TÍNH SẴN SÀNG"
+Phiên bản mới nhất của bản phân phối này có sẵn sàng trực tuyến từ :
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/
+.SH "TÁC GIẢ"
+Viết bởi Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>
+.SH "XEM THÊM"
+Tài liệu hướng dẫn đầy đủ về
+.B help2man
+được bảo tồn dưới dạng một sổ tay Texinfo.
+Nếu chương trình
+.B info
+và
+.B help2man
+được cài đặt đúng ở địa chỉ của bạn thì câu lệnh
+.IP
+.B info help2man
+.PP
+nên cho phép bạn truy cập đến sổ tay hoàn toàn.
diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a9244eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+  doit_exec=exec
+else
+  doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+      posix_glob=
+    else
+      posix_glob=:
+    fi
+  }
+'
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+	case $mode in
+	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
+'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+	    exit 1;;
+	esac
+	shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -t) dst_arg=$2
+	# Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+	case $dst_arg in
+	  -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+	esac
+	shift;;
+
+    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --)	shift
+	break;;
+
+    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+	exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+    # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+    case $dst_arg in
+      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+    esac
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+  case $src in
+    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+    dst=$dst_arg
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+      dstdir=`
+	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+	echo X"$dst" |
+	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 s/.*/./; q'
+      `
+
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+	umask=`umask`
+	case $stripcmd.$umask in
+	  # Optimize common cases.
+	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+	  *[0-7])
+	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+	    `;;
+	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+	esac
+
+	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+	else
+	  mkdir_mode=
+	fi
+
+	posix_mkdir=false
+	case $umask in
+	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	    then
+	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		     *) false;;
+		   esac &&
+		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+		   }
+		 }
+	      then posix_mkdir=:
+	      fi
+	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+	    else
+	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+	    fi
+	    trap '' 0;;
+	esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+	umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+	/*) prefix='/';;
+	[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
+	*)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      $posix_glob set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      $posix_glob set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+	test X"$d" = X && continue
+
+	prefix=$prefix$d
+	if test -d "$prefix"; then
+	  prefixes=
+	else
+	  if $posix_mkdir; then
+	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+	  else
+	    case $prefix in
+	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+	    esac
+	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
+
+       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+       $posix_glob set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       $posix_glob set +f &&
+
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	# file should still install successfully.
+	{
+	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
+	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+	  } ||
+	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+	    (exit 1); exit 1
+	  }
+	} &&
+
+	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/locales b/locales
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6ca9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/locales
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+de	de_DE.UTF-8
+el	el_GR.UTF-8
+eo	eo.UTF-8
+fi	fi_FI.UTF-8
+fr	fr_FR.UTF-8
+it	it_IT.UTF-8
+ja	ja_JP.UTF-8
+pl	pl_PL.UTF-8
+pt_BR	pt_BR.UTF-8
+ru	ru_RU.UTF-8
+sr	sr_RS.UTF-8
+sv	sv_SE.UTF-8
+uk	uk_UA.UTF-8
+vi	vi_VN.UTF-8
diff --git a/mkinstalldirs b/mkinstalldirs
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4191a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mkinstalldirs
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+
+scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
+
+# Original author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Public domain.
+#
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+errstatus=0
+dirmode=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ...
+
+Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all
+leading file name components.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+
+# process command line arguments
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    -h | --help | --h*)         # -h for help
+      echo "$usage"
+      exit $?
+      ;;
+    -m)                         # -m PERM arg
+      shift
+      test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+      dirmode=$1
+      shift
+      ;;
+    --version)
+      echo "$0 $scriptversion"
+      exit $?
+      ;;
+    --)                         # stop option processing
+      shift
+      break
+      ;;
+    -*)                         # unknown option
+      echo "$usage" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+      ;;
+    *)                          # first non-opt arg
+      break
+      ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+for file
+do
+  if test -d "$file"; then
+    shift
+  else
+    break
+  fi
+done
+
+case $# in
+  0) exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe.  If you mkdir -p a/b and
+# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing,
+# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with
+# a "File exists" error.  This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs
+# from a parallel make.  We use --version in the probe to restrict
+# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe.
+case $dirmode in
+  '')
+    if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
+      echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
+      exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
+    else
+      # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
+      # recognize any option.  It will interpret all options as
+      # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
+      # exists.
+      test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+      test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       test ! -d ./--version; then
+      echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
+      exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
+    else
+      # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir.
+      for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode";
+      do
+        test -d $d && rmdir $d
+      done
+    fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+for file
+do
+  case $file in
+    /*) pathcomp=/ ;;
+    *)  pathcomp= ;;
+  esac
+  oIFS=$IFS
+  IFS=/
+  set fnord $file
+  shift
+  IFS=$oIFS
+
+  for d
+  do
+    test "x$d" = x && continue
+
+    pathcomp=$pathcomp$d
+    case $pathcomp in
+      -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+      echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
+
+      mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+      if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+	errstatus=$lasterr
+      else
+	if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
+	  echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
+	  lasterr=
+	  chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+	  if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
+	    errstatus=$lasterr
+	  fi
+	fi
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    pathcomp=$pathcomp/
+  done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/po/de.gmo b/po/de.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61a4f3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/de.gmo
diff --git a/po/de.po b/po/de.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2199869
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/de.po
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+# Translation of help2man to German
+# Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Chris Leick <c.leick@vollbio.de>, 2009.
+# Arun Persaud <arun@nubati.net>, 2012
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-03 10:13+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-02 15:36-0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Arun Persaud <arun@nubati.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: German <translation-team-de@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"Language: de\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Dies ist freie Software. Lesen Sie die Quelle, um die Kopierbedingungen\n"
+"zu erhalten. Es gibt KEINE Gewährleistung, nicht einmal für\n"
+"MARKTGÄNGIGKEIT oder EIGNUNG FÜR SPEZIELLE ZWECKE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Geschrieben von Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"`%s' generiert aus der Ausgabe von »--help« und »--version« eine\n"
+"Handbuchseite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Aufruf: %s [OPTION]... PROGRAMM\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=ZEICHENKETTE    Beschreibung für den NAME-Abschnitt\n"
+" -s, --section=ABSCHNITT    Abschnittsnummer der Handbuchseite (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT          Name des Handbuchs (Anwenderbefehle,…)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT          Quelle des Programms (FSF, Debian,…)\n"
+" -L, --locale=ZEICHENKETTE  Locale auswählen (Vorgabe »C«)\n"
+" -i, --include=DATEI        Material aus »DATEI« einschließen\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=DATEI    Material aus »DATEI« einschließen, wenn es\n"
+"                            existiert\n"
+" -o, --output=DATEI         Ausgabe an »DATEI« senden\n"
+" -p, --info-page=DATEI      Name des Texinfo-Handbuchs\n"
+" -N, --no-info              Zeiger auf Texinfo-Handbuch unterdrücken\n"
+"     --help                 Diese Hilfe anzeigen, dann beenden\n"
+"     --version              Versionsnummer anzeigen, dann beenden\n"
+"\n"
+"PROGRAMM sollte »--help«- und »--version«-Optionen\n"
+"akzeptieren und eine Ausgabe auf der Standardausgabe (stdout) erzeugen,\n"
+"aber es können auch Alternativen angegeben werden:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=ZEICHENKETTE     Hilfeoptionzeichenkette\n"
+" -v, --version-option=ZEICHENKETTE  Versionsoptionzeichenkette\n"
+" --version-string=ZEICHENKETTE      Versionszeichenkette\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr                Standardfehlerausgabe (stderr) bei der\n"
+"                                    Optionenanalyse einschließen\n"
+"\n"
+"Berichten Sie Fehler an <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: »%s« kann nicht geöffnet werden (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: Keine gültigen Informationen in »%s« gefunden"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%B %Y"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: %s kann nicht entfernt werden (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: %s kann nicht erzeugt werden (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NAME"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- Handbuchseite für %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Systemadministrator-Werkzeuge"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Spiele"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Benutzerkommandos"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Aufruf"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "oder"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "ÜBERSICHT"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "BESCHREIBUNG"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Fehlerberichte|Fehler bitte|Fehlermeldungen|Berichten Sie Fehler"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Geschrieben +von"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Optionen"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Umgebung"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Dateien"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Beispiele"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Dies +ist +freie +Software"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "OPTIONEN"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "UMGEBUNG"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "DATEIEN"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "BEISPIELE"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "FEHLERBERICHTE"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "AUTOR"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "SIEHE AUCH"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Die vollständige Dokumentation für\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"wird als ein Texinfo-Handbuch verwaltet. Wenn die\n"
+".B info\n"
+"und\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"Programme ordentlich auf Ihrem Rechner installiert sind, kann Ihnen der\n"
+"Befehl\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"Zugriff auf das komplette Handbuch geben.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: Fehler beim Schreiben nach %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: Es wurde keine »%s«-Information von %s erhalten%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr "Versuche »--no-discard-stderr« falls Optionen nach stderr ausgeben"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Include-Datei für die help2man-Handbuchseite"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- generiert eine einfache Handbuchseite"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "DATEIEN ZUM EINFÜGEN"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Zusätzliches Material kann in die generierte Ausgabe mit den\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"und\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"Optionen eingefügt werden. Das Format ist einfach:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [Abschnitt]\n"
+"    Text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /Muster/\n"
+"    Text\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Blöcke aus wörtlichem *roff-Text werden entweder beim Start durch\n"
+"Angabe von\n"
+".BI [ Abschnitt ]\n"
+"(unabhängig von Groß-/Kleinschreibung) in die Ausgabe eingefügt oder\n"
+"nach einen passenden Absatz\n"
+".BI / Muster /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Muster benutzen die Syntax von regulären Perl-Ausdrücken und können\n"
+"von\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"oder\n"
+".I m\n"
+"Bestimmungswörtern gefolgt sein (siehe\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Zeilen vor dem ersten Abschnitt oder Muster, die mit »\\-« beginnen,\n"
+"werden als Optionen behandelt. Alles andere wird stillschweigend\n"
+"ignoriert und könnte für Kommentare, RCS-Schlüsselwörter oder was\n"
+"Sie wollen benutzt werden.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Die Reiehnfolge in der die Abschnitte ausgegeben werden, ist:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "andere"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"oder\n"
+".B [ÜBERSICHT]\n"
+"-Abschnitt, der in der eingefügten Datei erscheint, wird das\n"
+"ersetzen, was automatisch generiert würde (obwohl Sie das\n"
+"weitere immer noch, wenn nötigt, mit\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"überschreiben können.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Andere Abschnitte werden der automatisch erzeugten Ausgabe für die\n"
+"oben angegebenen Standardabschnitte vorangestellt oder unter\n"
+".I andere\n"
+"(oben) in der Reihenfolge, in der sie in der eingefügten Datei\n"
+"vorgefunden werden, eingefügt.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "VERFÜGBARKEIT"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Die neuste Version dieser Distribution ist Online erhältlich von:"
diff --git a/po/el.gmo b/po/el.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9c9e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/el.gmo
diff --git a/po/el.po b/po/el.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54c9c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/el.po
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+# Greek translation for help2man.
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Michael Kotsarinis <mk73628@gmail.com>, 2010
+# Savvas Radevic <vicedar@gmail.com>, 2012
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-03 10:13+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-05 22:23+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Savvas Radevic <vicedar@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Greek <team@lists.gnome.gr>\n"
+"Language: Greek\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Greek\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: GREECE\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Αυτό είναι ελεύθερο λογισμικό. Δείτε τον πηγαίο κώδικα για όρους αντιγραφής. "
+"ΔΕΝ δίδεται\n"
+"εγγύηση, ούτε ακόμα ΕΜΠΟΡΕΥΣΙΜΟΤΗΤΑΣ ή ΚΑΤΑΛΛΗΛΟΤΗΤΑΣ ΓΙΑ ΣΥΓΚΕΚΡΙΜΕΝΟ "
+"ΣΚΟΠΟ.\n"
+"\n"
+"Συγγραφή: Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"`%s' δημιουργεί μια σελίδα man από την έξοδο των `--help' και `--version' "
+"output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Χρήση: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       περιγραφή για την παράγραφο NAME\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   αριθμός ενότητας για σελίδα εγχειριδίου (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       όνομα εγχειριδίου (Εντολές Χρήστη, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       προέλευση προγράμματος (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     επιλογή τοποθεσίας (προεπιλογή \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      να συμπεριληφθεί υλικό από το `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  να συμπεριληφθεί υλικό από το `FILE' εάν υπάρχει\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       αποστολή αποτελέσματος σε `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    όνομα του εγχειριδίου Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info           καταστολή δείκτη σε εγχειρίδιο Texinfo\n"
+"     --help              εμφάνιση αυτής της βοήθειας, μετά έξοδος\n"
+"     --version           εμφάνιση αριθμού έκδοσης, μετά έξοδος\n"
+"\n"
+"Το EXECUTABLE θα πρέπει να δέχεται επιλογές `--help' και `--version' και να "
+"παράγει αποτέλεσμα στην\n"
+"stdout παρόλο που μπορεί να ορισθούν εναλλακτικά με χρήση:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     αλφαριθμητικό επιλογής βοήθεια\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  αλφαριθμητικό επιλογής έκδοσης\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      αλφαριθμητικό έκδοσης\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          να συμπεριληφθεί το stderr κατά την ανάλυση "
+"του αποτελέσματος της επιλογής\n"
+"\n"
+"Αναφέρετε σφάλματα σε <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: αδυναμία ανοίγματος `%s' (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: δεν βρέθηκαν έγκυρες πληροφορίες σε `%s'"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%B %Y"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: αδυναμία αποσύνδεσης %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: αδυναμία δημιουργίας %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NAME"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- σελίδα εγχειριδίου για %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Εργαλεία διαχείρισης συστήματος"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Παιχνίδια"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Εντολές χρήστη"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Χρήση"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "ή"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Αναφορά +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?σφαλμάτων|Email +bug +reports +to"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Συγγραφή: +by"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Επιλογές"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Περιβάλλον"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Αρχεία"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Παραδείγματα"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Αυτό +is +free +software"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "OPTIONS"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "ENVIRONMENT"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "FILES"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "EXAMPLES"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "REPORTING BUGS"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "AUTHOR"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "SEE ALSO"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Η πλήρης τεκμηρίωση για\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"υπάρχει ως εγχειρίδιο Texinfo. Αν το\n"
+".B info\n"
+"και\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"τα προγράμματα έχουν εγκατασταθεί σωστά στη σελίδα σας, η εντολή\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"θα πρέπει να σας δίνει πρόσβαση στο πλήρες εγχειρίδιο.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: σφάλμα εγγραφής σε %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: αδυναμία λήψης `%s' info από %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+"Δοκιμάστε `--no-discard-stderr' αν η επιλογή στέλνει το αποτέλεσμα στο stderr"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Να συμπεριληφθεί αρχείο για τη σελίδα man του help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- δημιουργία απλής σελίδας εγχειριδίου"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "INCLUDE FILES"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Επιπλέον υλικό μπορεί να συμπεριληφθεί στο παραγόμενο αποτέλεσμα με\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"και\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"ως επιλογές. Η μορφή είναι απλή:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [ενότητα]\n"
+"    κείμενο\n"
+"\n"
+"    /μοτίβο/\n"
+"    κείμενο\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Μπλοκ αυτολεξί κειμένου *roff εισάγονται στο αποτέλεσμα είτε στην\n"
+"αρχή της δοσμένης\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(προσοχή στα πεζά-κεφαλαία), ή μετά από μοτίβο παραγράφου\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Τα μοτίβα χρησιμοποιούν το συντακτικό κανονικών εκφράσεων της Perl και "
+"μπορεί να ακολουθούνται από\n"
+"τους\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"τροποποιητές (δες\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Οι γραμμές πριν την πρώτη ενότητα ή μοτίβο που αρχίζουν με `\\-' \n"
+"αντιμετωπίζονται ως επιλογές. Οτιδήποτε άλλο αγνοείται σιωπηρά και μπορεί\n"
+"να χρησιμοποιηθεί για σχόλια, λέξεις κλειδιά RCS και παρόμοια.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Η σειρά εξαγωγής ενοτήτων (γι' αυτές που περιλαμβάνονται) είναι:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "άλλο"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Οποιεσδήποτε\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"ή\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"ενότητες που εμφανίζονται στο αρχείο για να συμπεριληφθούν θα "
+"αντικαταστήσουν ό,τι θα είχε\n"
+"παραχθεί αυτόματα (παρόλο που μπορείτε ακόμα να παρακάμψετε την\n"
+"προηγούμενη με\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"αν απαιτείται).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Άλλες ενότητες ενσωματώνονται στο αυτόματα παραγόμενο αποτέλεσμα για\n"
+"τις τυπικές ενότητες που δίνονται ανωτέρω, ή συμπεριλαμβάνονται στο\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(ανωτέρω) με τη σειρά που είχαν στο αρχείο για να συμπεριληφθούν.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "AVAILABILITY"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Η τελευταία έκδοση αυτής της διανομή είναι διαθέσιμη διαδικτυακά από:"
diff --git a/po/eo.gmo b/po/eo.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66c079e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/eo.gmo
diff --git a/po/eo.po b/po/eo.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..318c6f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/eo.po
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+# Esperanto translation
+# Copyright (C) 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Felipe Castro <fefcas@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-20 22:35+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-11 13:49-0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Felipe Castro <fefcas@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Esperanto <translation-team-eo@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"Language: eo\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Kopirajto (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Tio ĉi estas libera programaro; rigardu la fontkodon por kopi-kondiĉoj. "
+"Estas NENIU\n"
+"garantio; eĉ ne por MERKATIGEBLO aŭ TAŬGECO POR SPECIFA CELO.\n"
+"\n"
+"Verkite de Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"`%s' generas man-paĝon el `--help' kaj `--version' eligoj.\n"
+"\n"
+"Uzado: %s [ELEKTILO]... PLENUMEBLAĴO\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=ĈENO           priskribo por la alineo NAME (NOMO)\n"
+" -s, --section=SEKCIO      sekci-numero por man-paĝo (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEKSTO       nomo de la manlibro (Uzant-Komandoj, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEKSTO       fonto de la programo (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=ĈENO         elekti lokaĵaron (apriore \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=DOSIERO     inkluzivigi materialon el 'DOSIERO'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=DOSIERO inkluzivigi materialon el 'DOSIERO' se ĝi "
+"ekzistas\n"
+" -o, --output=DOSIERO      sendi eligon al 'DOSIERO'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEKSTO    nomo de manlibro Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info             formeti referencon al manlibro Texinfo\n"
+" -l, --libtool             forviŝi la 'lt-' el la program-nomo\n"
+"     --help                montri tiun ĉi helpon, kaj eliri\n"
+"     --version             montri versio-numeron, kaj eliri\n"
+"\n"
+"PLENUMEBLAĴO devos akcepti elektilojn '--help' kaj '--version' kaj eligi al\n"
+"stdout kvankam alternativoj povas esti indikataj uzante:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=ĈENO    help-elektila ĉeno\n"
+" -v, --version-option=ĈENO versi-elektila ĉeno\n"
+" --version-string=ĈENO     versia ĉeno\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr       inkluzivigi stderr dum analizado de elektil-"
+"eligo\n"
+"\n"
+"Raportu misojn al <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: ne povas malfermi '%s' (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: neniu valida informo trovite en '%s'"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%Y-%m"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: ne povas malligi/forviŝi %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: ne povas krei %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NOMO"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- man-paĝo por %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Sistem-Administradaj Utilaĵoj"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Ludoj"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Uzant-Komandoj"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Uzado"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "aŭ"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "RESUMO"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "PRISKRIBO"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr ""
+"Raportu +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?misojn|Raportu +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?cimojn|Sendu +cim?"
+"raportojn +al"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Verkite +de"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Elektiloj"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Medio"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Dosieroj"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Ekzemploj"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Tio +ĉi +estas +libera +programaro"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "ELEKTILOJ"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "MEDIO"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "DOSIEROJ"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "EKZEMPLOJ"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "KOPIRAJTO"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "RAPORTADO DE MISOJ"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "AŬTORO"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "VIDU ANKAŬ"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"La kompleta dokumentaro por\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"estas tenata kiel manlibro Texinfo.  Se la programoj\n"
+".B info\n"
+"kaj\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"estas ĝuste instalitaj en via sistemo, la komando\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"devos doni al vi aliron al la kompleta manlibro.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: eraro dum skribado al %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: ne povas preni '%s'-info el %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr "Provu '--no-discard-stderr' se la elektilo eligas al stderr"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Inkluzivigi dosieron por man-paĝo help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- generas simplan man-paĝon"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "INKLUZIV-DOSIEROJ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Kroma materialo povos esti enmetata en la generota eligo per la elektiloj\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"kaj\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"La formo estas simpla:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [sekcio]\n"
+"    teksto\n"
+"\n"
+"    /ŝablono/\n"
+"    teksto\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Pecoj de netuŝita teksto *roff estos enmetataj en la eligo en\n"
+"la komenco de la donita\n"
+".BI [ sekcio ]\n"
+"(iu ajn uskleco), aŭ post alineo kongruanta al\n"
+".BI / ŝablono /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Ŝablonoj uzas la sintakson de regul-esprimoj Perl kaj povas esti sekvataj "
+"de\n"
+"la modifiloj\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"aŭ\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(vidu\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Linioj antaŭ la unua sekcio aŭ ŝablono komencantaj per '\\-' estas\n"
+"traktataj kiel elektiloj.  Ĉio alia estas silente preteratentata kaj\n"
+"povas esti uzata por komentoj, ŝlosilvortoj RCS kaj simile.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "La sekci-eliga ordo (por tiuj enmetitaj) estas:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "alia"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Iu ajn sekcio\n"
+".B [NOMO]\n"
+"aŭ\n"
+".B [RESUMO]\n"
+"aperantaj en la inkluziv-dosiero anstataŭos kion ajn estus\n"
+"aŭtomate produktite (kvankam vi ankoraŭ povas preterpasi la\n"
+"NOMOn per\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"se bezonate).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Aliaj sekcioj estos antaŭmetataj al la aŭtomate produktota eligo por\n"
+"la normaj sekcioj montrataj supre, aŭ inkluzivataj ĉe\n"
+".I alia\n"
+"(supre) laŭ la ordo kiel ili estis trovataj en la inkluziv-dosiero.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "DISPONEBLECO"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "La lasta versio de tiu ĉi eldono disponeblas retkonekte el:"
diff --git a/po/fi.gmo b/po/fi.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63d1a3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/fi.gmo
diff --git a/po/fi.po b/po/fi.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b29630b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/fi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+# Finnish translations for help2man package.
+# Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Tommi Vainikainen <Tommi.Vainikainen@iki.fi>, 2010.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.39.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-08 23:16+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-03 10:08+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Tommi Vainikainen <Tommi.Vainikainen@iki.fi>\n"
+"Language-Team: Finnish <translation-team-fi@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"Language: fi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Tämä on vapaa ohjelmist; katsokaa kopiointiehdot lähdekoodista. Takuuta EI "
+"OLE;\n"
+"ei edes KAUPALLISESTI HYVÄKSYTTÄVÄSTÄ LAADUSTA tai SOPIVUUDESTA TIETTYYN\n"
+"TARKOITUKSEEN.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kirjoittanut Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"”%s” luo man-sivun ”--help”- ja ”--version”-tulosteista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Käyttö: %s [VALITSIMET]... OHJELMA\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=MERKKIJONO       kuvaus kappaleeseen NIMI\n"
+" -s, --section=LUOKKA        manuaalisivun luokan numero (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEKSTI         manuaalin nimi (Käyttäjän sovellukset, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEKSTI         ohjelman lähde (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=MERKKIJONO     valitse maa-asetusto (oletus on \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=TIEDOSTO      sisällytä materiaali TIEDOSTOsta\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=TIEDOSTO  sisällytä materiaali TIEDOSTOsta mikäli\n"
+"                             se on olemassa\n"
+" -o, --output=TIEDOSTO       kirjoita tuloste TIEDOSTOon\n"
+" -p, --info-page=MERKKIJONO  Texinfo-manuaalin nimi\n"
+" -N, --no-info               jätä pois viittaus Texinfo-manuaaliin\n"
+" -l, --libtool               jätä pois ”lt-” ohjelman nimestä\n"
+"     --help                  näytä tämä ohje ja poistu\n"
+"     --version               tulosta versiotiedot ja poistu\n"
+"\n"
+"OHJELMAn tulee hyväksyä sekä ”--help”- että ”--version”-valitsimet,\n"
+"mutta vaihtoehtoiset valitsimet voi määrittää valitsimilla:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=MERKKIJONO     ohjevalitsin\n"
+" -v, --version-option=MERKKIJONO  versiotietovalitsin\n"
+" --version-string=MERKKIJONO      versiotieto\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr              sisällytä vakiovirhetuloste "
+"jäsennettäessä\n"
+"                                  tulostetta\n"
+"\n"
+"Lähetä raportit ohjelmistovioista (englanniksi) osoitteeseen\n"
+"<bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: ei voitu avata tiedostoa \"%s\" (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: kelvollista tietoa ei löytynyt ohjelmasta \"%s\""
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: ei voi unlinkata/poistaa tiedostoa %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: ei voitu luoda tiedostoa %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NIMI"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- manuaalisivu %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Järjestelmähallinnan sovellukset"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Pelit"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Käyttäjän sovellukset"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Käyttö"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "tai"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "YLEISKATSAUS"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "KUVAUS"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Ilmoita +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?vioista|Lähetä +raportit"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Kirjoittan(ut|eet)"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Valitsimet"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Ympäristö"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Tiedostot"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Esimerkit"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Tämä +on +vapaa +ohjelmisto"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "VALITSIMET"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "YMPÄRISTÖ"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "TIEDOSTOT"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "ESIMERKKEJÄ"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "TEKIJÄNOIKEUDET"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "VIRHEISTÄ ILMOITTAMINEN"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "TEKIJÄ"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "KATSO MYÖS"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Ohjelman\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"täydellinen dokumentaatio ylläpidetään Texinfo-manuaalissa. Mikäli\n"
+"ohjelmat\n"
+".B info\n"
+"ja\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"on täysin asennettu, komennon\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"pitäisi antaa täydellinen manuaali luettavaksi.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: virhe kirjoitettaessa tiedostoon %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: ei saatu \"%s\"-tietoa ohjelmalta %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr "Kokeile ”--no-discard-stderr” mikäli valitsin tulostaa vakiovirheeseen"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Suomennos help2man-ohjelman man-sivusta"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- luo yksinkertainen man-sivu"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "SISÄLLYTÄ TIEDOSTOJA"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Lisämateriaalia voi sisällyttää luotavaan tulosteeseen valitsimilla\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"ja\n"
+".BR \\-\\-opt\\-include .\n"
+"Muoto on yksinkertainen:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [kappale]\n"
+"    teksti\n"
+"\n"
+"    /hakuehto/\n"
+"    teksti\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Kappaleita puhdasta *roff-tekstiä lisätään tulosteeseen joko kun alkaa\n"
+".BI [ kappale ]\n"
+"(kirjainkoko merkitsevä) tai sellaisen kappaleen jälkeen, joka täsmää\n"
+"säännölliseen lausekkeeseen\n"
+"\n"
+".BI / hakuehto /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Hakuehdoissa käytetään Perlin säännöllisten lausekkeiden syntaksia, ja\n"
+"niiden perässä voi olla\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"tai\n"
+".I m\n"
+"muuntimet (katso\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Rivit ennen ensimmäistä kappaletta tai hakuehtoa, jotka alkavat \"\\-\",\n"
+"käsitellään valitsimina. Kaikki muu ohitetaan, joten ne voivat olla\n"
+"käyttäjän kommentteja, RCS-avainsanoja ja muuta sellaista.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Kappaleiden tulostusjärjestys on:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "muut"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Kappale\n"
+".B [NIMI]\n"
+"tai\n"
+".BR [YLEISKATSAUS] ,\n"
+"joka löytyy sisällytystiedostosta, korvaa muutoin automaattisesti\n"
+"tuotettavan osan (vaikka tämänkin voi korvata\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"-valitsimella tarvittaessa).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Muut kappaleet aloittavat automaattisesti tuotetun tulosteen aiemmin\n"
+"mainituille vakiokappaleille, tai ne sisällytetään kohtaan\n"
+".I muut\n"
+"samassa järjestyksessä kuin ne esiintyvät sisällytystiedostossa.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "SAATAVUUS"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Tuorein versio tästä sovelluksesta on saatavilla verkossa osoitteesta:"
diff --git a/po/fr.gmo b/po/fr.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c88229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/fr.gmo
diff --git a/po/fr.po b/po/fr.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81569aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/fr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+# Translation of help2man to French
+# Copyright © 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+#
+# Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>, 1997-2005.
+# David Prévot <david@tilapin.org>, 2010-2012.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-08 23:16+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-05 16:42-0400\n"
+"Last-Translator: David Prévot <david@tilapin.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: French <traduc@traduc.org>\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Ce logiciel est libre ; voir les sources pour les conditions de\n"
+"reproduction. AUCUNE garantie n'est donnée, pas même la garantie\n"
+"implicite de COMMERCIALISATION ni l'ADAPTATION À UN BESOIN PARTICULIER.\n"
+"\n"
+"Écrit par Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » crée la page de manuel d'un programme à partir des\n"
+"indications fournies par celui-ci lorsqu'il est lancé avec les\n"
+"options « --help » et « --version ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... PROGRAMME\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=CHAÎNE          description pour le paragraphe NOM\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION      numéro de section de la page de\n"
+"                            manuel (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXTE         nom du manuel (Commandes, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXTE         source du programme (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=CHAÎNE        changer les paramètres régionaux\n"
+"                            (« C » par défaut)\n"
+" -i, --include=FICHIER      ajouter du texte depuis « FICHIER »\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FICHIER  ajouter du texte depuis « FICHIER »,\n"
+"                            si ce fichier existe\n"
+" -o, --output=FICHIER       envoyer le résultat dans « FICHIER »\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXTE      nom du manuel Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info              supprimer le pointeur vers le manuel Texinfo\n"
+" -l, --libtool              exclure le « lt- » du nom de programme\n"
+"     --help                 afficher cette aide, puis quitter\n"
+"     --version              afficher le numéro de version, puis quitter\n"
+"\n"
+"PROGRAMME devrait accepter les options « --help » et « --version »\n"
+"et écrire sur la sortie standard mais des alternatives peuvent être\n"
+"précisées en utilisant :\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=CHAÎNE     chaîne pour l'option équivalente à « --help »\n"
+" -v, --version-option=CHAÎNE  chaîne pour l'option équivalente à « --"
+"version »\n"
+" --version-string=CHAÎNE      chaîne de version\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          inclure la sortie d'erreur standard lors\n"
+"                              de l'analyse de la sortie d'option\n"
+"\n"
+"Signaler les bogues à <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: impossible d'ouvrir « %s » (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: aucune information valable trouvée dans « %s »"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%B %Y"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: impossible d'effacer %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: impossible de créer « %s » (%s)"
+
+#  Title of the NAME section in generated localized manual pages
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NOM"
+
+#  Manual page title
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- page de manuel de %s %s"
+
+#  Name of a common manual section
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Utilitaires d'administration système"
+
+#  Name of a common manual section
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Jeux"
+
+#  Name of a common manual section
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Commandes"
+
+#  This string is a delimiter used when parsing 'PROGRAM --help' output,
+#  to recognize synopsis command.  As for help2man 1.35.2, a regular
+#  expression is valid there, so "Usage|Utilisation" may be better, but
+#    1. We do not know whether this is intended to be a string or a RE.
+#    2. All French manual pages contain "Usage" when displaying their
+#       synopsis
+#  For these reasons, "Usage" has been kept.
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "[Uu]sage\\s*|[Uu]tilisation\\s*|[Ss]yntaxe\\s*"
+
+#  This string is a delimiter used when parsing 'PROGRAM --help' output,
+#  when several synopsis commands are displayed.  See for instance
+#  'cp --help".
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "ou\\s*"
+
+#  Title of the SYNOPSIS section in generated localized manual pages
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
+
+#  Title of the DESCRIPTION section in generated localized manual pages
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
+
+#  When a string matches this regular expression, it is put into a
+#  BUGS section.
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr ""
+"([Ss]ignaler|[Rr]apporter|[Ee]nvoyer) +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?(bogue|anomalie|"
+"problème)s?"
+
+#  When a string matches this regular expression, it is put into an
+#  AUTHOR section.
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "[ÉEé]crit +par"
+
+#  When a string matches this regular expression, it is put into an
+#  OPTIONS section.
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "[Oo]ptions\\s*"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "[Ee]nvironnement\\s*"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "[Ff]ichiers\\s*"
+
+#  When a string matches this regular expression, it is put into an
+#  EXAMPLE section.
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "[Ee]xemples\\s*"
+
+#  When a string matches this regular expression, the paragraph is
+#  reformatted so that copyright notice appears on a single line.
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "[Cc]'?e(ci)? +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?logiciel +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?libre"
+
+#  Title of the OPTIONS section in generated localized manual pages
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "OPTIONS"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "FICHIERS"
+
+#  Title of the EXAMPLES section in generated localized manual pages
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "EXEMPLES"
+
+#  Title of the COPYRIGHT section in generated localized manual pages
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
+
+#  Title of the BUGS section in generated localized manual pages
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "SIGNALER DES BOGUES"
+
+#  Title of the AUTHOR section in generated localized manual pages
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "AUTEUR"
+
+#  Title of the SEE ALSO section in generated localized manual pages
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
+
+#  Paragraph added into localized manual pages to point to info
+#  documentation.
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"La documentation complète pour\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"est mise à jour dans un manuel Texinfo (en anglais).\n"
+"Si les programmes\n"
+".B info\n"
+"et\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"sont correctement installés sur le système, la commande\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"devrait donner accès au manuel complet (en anglais).\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: erreur d'écriture sur %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: impossible de récupérer l'information « %s » de %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr "Essayez `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr ""
+"Traduction française du fichier inclus pour créer la page\n"
+"de manuel de help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- crée une page de manuel sommaire"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "FICHIERS INCLUS"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Un supplément de texte peut être ajouté aux indications fournies par le\n"
+"programme grâce aux options\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"et\n"
+".BR \\-\\-opt\\-include .\n"
+"Le format est simple\\ :\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    texte\n"
+"\n"
+"    /motif/\n"
+"    texte\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Les blocs de texte (au format *roff) sont insérés tels quels dans la\n"
+"sortie, soit au début de la zone désignée par\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(balise insensible à la casse), soit après un paragraphe correspondant à\n"
+".BI / motif /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Les motifs obéissent à la syntaxe des expressions rationnelles de Perl\n"
+"et peuvent être suivis des modificateurs\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"ou\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(voir\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Les lignes précédant la première section (ou le premier motif) et\n"
+"commençant par «\\ \\-\\ » sont traitées comme des options. Tout le\n"
+"reste est ignoré sans aucun avertissement, et peut être utilisé pour\n"
+"des commentaires, des mots clés RCS ou d'autres éléments.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "L'ordre des sections produites est\\ :"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "autres"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Toute section\n"
+".B [NOM]\n"
+"ou\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"apparaissant dans le fichier inclus va remplacer celle qui aurait été\n"
+"créée automatiquement (mais vous pouvez encore remplacer la première\n"
+"avec\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"si nécessaire).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Le texte supplémentaire aux autres sections usuelles (celles\n"
+"apparaissant dans cette liste) est inséré avant la sortie générée\n"
+"automatiquement pour elles.\n"
+"Les sections non usuelles sont insérées à la place marquée\n"
+".I autres\n"
+"dans la liste ci-dessus, dans l'ordre dans lequel ces sections\n"
+"apparaissent dans le fichier inclus.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "DISPONIBILITÉ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr ""
+"La dernière version de cette distribution est disponible en ligne sur\\ :"
diff --git a/po/help2man.pot b/po/help2man.pot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d616dd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/help2man.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-03 10:18+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/po/it.gmo b/po/it.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5a175d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/it.gmo
diff --git a/po/it.po b/po/it.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97fd894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/it.po
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+# Italian translation for help2man.
+# Copyright (C) 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@ubuntu.com>, 2010, 2011, 2012.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man-1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-08 23:16+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-05 22:17+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta <primes2h@ubuntu.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Italian <tp@lists.linux.it>\n"
+"Language: it\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Questo è software libero; si vedano i sorgenti per le condizioni di copia.\n"
+"NON c'è alcuna garanzia; neppure di COMMERCIABILITÀ o di IDONEITÀ A UNO\n"
+"SCOPO PARTICOLARE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Scritto da Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" genera una pagina man dall'output di \"--help\" e \"--version\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Uso: %s [OPZIONE]... ESEGUIBILE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRINGA      Descrizione per il paragrafo NOME\n"
+" -s, --section=SEZIONE   Numero di sezione per la pagina di manuale (1, 6, "
+"8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TESTO      Nome del manuale (Comandi utente, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TESTO      Provenienza del programma (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRINGA    Seleziona la localizzazione (predefinita \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      Include il materiale proveniente dal \"FILE\"\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  Include il materiale proveniente dal \"FILE\" se "
+"esiste\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       Invia l'output su \"FILE\"\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TESTO   Nome del manuale Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info           Elimina il riferimento al manuale Texinfo\n"
+" -l, --libtool           Esclude \"lt-\" dal nome del programma\n"
+"     --help              Stampa questo aiuto ed esce\n"
+"     --version           Stampa il numero di versione ed esce\n"
+"\n"
+"L'ESEGUIBILE dovrebbe accettare le opzioni \"--help\" e \"--version\" e "
+"produrre output su\n"
+"stdout sebbene le alternative possano essere specificate usando:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRINGA     Stringa con opzione alternativa per l'aiuto\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRINGA  Stringa con opzione alternativa per la "
+"versione\n"
+" --version-string=STRINGA      Stringa della versione\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr           Include lo stderr nell'analisi dell'output "
+"dell'opzione\n"
+"\n"
+"Segnalare i bug a <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: impossibile aprire \"%s\" (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: nessuna informazione valida trovata in \"%s\""
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%B %Y"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: impossibile fare l'unlink di %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: impossibile creare %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NOME"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- pagina di manuale per %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Utilità di amministrazione del sistema"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Giochi"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Comandi utente"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Uso"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "o"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "SINTASSI"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "DESCRIZIONE"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Segnalare +i +bug|Inviare +le +segnalazioni +bug"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Scritto +da"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opzioni"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Variabili d'ambiente"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "File"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Esempi"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Questo +è +software +libero"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "OPZIONI"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "VARIABILI D'AMBIENTE"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "FILE"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "ESEMPI"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "SEGNALAZIONE BUG"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "AUTORE"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "VEDERE ANCHE"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"L'intera documentazione di\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"è mantenuta come un manuale Texinfo.  Se i programmi\n"
+".B info\n"
+"e\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"sono installati correttamente, il comando\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"dovrebbe dare accesso al manuale completo.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: errore scrivendo su %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: impossibile ottenere informazioni su \"%s\" da %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr "Usare \"--no-discard-stderr\" se l'opzione produce un output su stderr"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "File di inclusione per la pagina man di help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- genera una semplice pagina di manuale"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "FILE DI INCLUSIONE"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Nell'output generato possono essere inclusi materiali aggiuntivi con le "
+"opzioni\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"e\n"
+".BR \\-\\-opt\\-include .\n"
+"Il formato è semplice:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [sezione]\n"
+"    testo\n"
+"\n"
+"    /modello/\n"
+"    testo\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Blocchi di testo letterale *roff sono inseriti all'interno dell'output\n"
+"all'inizio della\n"
+".BI [ sezione ]\n"
+"fornita (ignorando la differenza tra maiuscole e minuscole)\n"
+"oppure dopo un paragrafo che corrisponde al\n"
+".BI / modello /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"I modelli usano la sintassi delle espressioni regolari Perl e possono essere "
+"seguiti dai\n"
+"modificatori\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"oppure\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(consultare\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Le righe precedenti la prima sezione o i modelli che iniziano con \"\\-\" "
+"sono\n"
+"elaborati come opzioni.  Qualsiasi altra cosa è ignorata in silenzio e può "
+"essere\n"
+"usata per commenti, parole chiave RCS e simili.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "L'ordine di output delle sezioni (per quelle incluse) è:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "altre"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Qualsiasi sezione\n"
+".B [NOME]\n"
+"o\n"
+".B [SINTASSI]\n"
+"che compare nel file di inclusione andrà a sostituire quelle che sarebbero\n"
+"prodotte automaticamente (anche se è sempre possibile annullare le\n"
+"prime con\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"se necessario).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Altre sezioni sono inserite prima di quelle automaticamente prodotte in "
+"output\n"
+"per le sezioni standard fornite precedentemente, oppure sono incluse in\n"
+".I altre\n"
+"(come sopra) nell'ordine riscontrato nel file di inclusione.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "DISPONIBILITÀ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "L'ultima versione di questa distribuzione è disponibile online su:"
diff --git a/po/ja.gmo b/po/ja.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2682d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/ja.gmo
diff --git a/po/ja.po b/po/ja.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8289f5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/ja.po
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+# Japanese translation for help2man.
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Yasumichi Akahoshi <yasumichi@vinelinux.org>, 2011, 2012.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-20 22:35+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 23:40+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yasumichi Akahoshi <yasumichi@vinelinux.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Japanese <translation-team-ja@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"Language: ja\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"作者は Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org> である。\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"`%s' は `--help' および `--version' の出力を元にマニュアルページを生成す"
+"る。\n"
+"\n"
+"使用法: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+"引数 EXECUTABLE には、マニュアル作成の対象とするコマンドを指定する。\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       「名前」セクションで使うコマンドの短い説明\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   マニュアルページが所属するセクションの番号 (1, 6, "
+"8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       マニュアルの種類 (ユーザコマンド, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       プログラムの出自 (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     ロケールを選択する (デフォルトは \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      `FILE' から原稿を取り込む\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  `FILE' が存在した場合 `FILE' から原稿を取り込む\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       `FILE' へ出力を送る\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    Texinfo マニュアルの名前\n"
+" -N, --no-info           Texinfo マニュアルの紹介を省略する\n"
+" -l, --libtool           プログラム名から `lt-' を取り除く\n"
+"     --help              簡単な使い方を表示し終了する\n"
+"     --version           バージョン番号を表示し終了する\n"
+"\n"
+"マニュアル作成の対象になるコマンドは、--help や --version というオプションを"
+"受け入れて、\n"
+"標準出力にメッセージを表示するようになっているべきである。\n"
+"もっとも、以下のオプションを使えば、--help や --version に相当する別のオプ"
+"ションを指定することが可能だ。\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     ヘルプ表示オプションの文字列\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  バージョン表示オプションの文字列\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      バージョンとして表示する文字列\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          オプションの出力を解析するときに標準エラー出力"
+"を含める\n"
+"\n"
+"バグを発見した場合は <bug-help2man@gnu.org> に報告されたい。\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: `%s' を開けません (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: `%s' に有効な情報が見つかりません"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%Y年%B"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: %s を削除できません (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: %s を作成できません (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "名前"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- %s %s のマニュアルページ"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "システム管理ユーティリティ"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "ゲーム"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "ユーザーコマンド"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "使用法"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "または"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "書式"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "説明"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr ".*バグを発見した場合は"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "^作者"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "オプション"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "環境変数"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "ファイル"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "例"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "This +is +free +software"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "オプション"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "環境変数"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "ファイル"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "例"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "著作権"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "バグの報告"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "作者"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "関連項目"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+".B %s\n"
+"の完全なマニュアルは Texinfo マニュアルとして整備されている。もし、\n"
+".B info\n"
+"および\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"のプログラムが正しくインストールされているならば、コマンド\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"を使用すると完全なマニュアルを読むことができるはずだ。\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: %s への書込エラー (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: `%s' の情報を %s%s から取得できません"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+"もしオプションが標準エラー出力に出力しているならば、`--no-discard-stderr'　を"
+"試してください"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "help2man マニュアルページのインクルードファイル"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- 簡易マニュアルページの生成"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "インクルードファイル"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"や\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"オプションを使用すると、生成する出力に追加の原稿を取り込むことができる。ファ"
+"イルの書式は単純である。\n"
+"\n"
+"    [セクション]\n"
+"    本文\n"
+"\n"
+"    /パターン/\n"
+"    本文\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"本文は *roff のテキストであり、出力中の、指定された\n"
+".BI [ セクション ]\n"
+"(大文字・小文字は区別されない) の先頭部分や\n"
+".BI / パターン /\\fR.\n"
+"にマッチするパラグラフの直後に、そのままの形で挿入される。\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"パターンには Perl の正規表現の文法を使用する。修飾子の\n"
+".IR i\n"
+",\n"
+".I s\n"
+",\n"
+".I m\n"
+"を後に付けることもできる (\n"
+".BR perlre (1) を参照)。\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"最初のセクションやパターンより前にある行で、'\\-' で始まっている行は、\n"
+"オプションとして処理される。それ以外は、何もせずに無視されるのでコメントや\n"
+"RCS のキーワードなどに使用することができる。\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "セクションの出力順序:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "その他"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"インクルードファイルに\n"
+".B [名前]\n"
+"や\n"
+".B [書式]\n"
+"というセクションがあれば、そこに記述した内容が、自動的に生成される内容のかわ"
+"りに出力される。\n"
+" (もっとも、どうしても必要ならば、前者については、\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"オプションを使って、さらに置き換えることができるが。)\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"それ以外のセクションについては、上記の標準的なセクションのために\n"
+"自動的に生成される出力の前に挿入されるか、あるいは、(上記の) \n"
+".I その他\n"
+"の位置に、インクルードファイル中で見つかった順番で取り込まれる。\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "入手先"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "この配布物の最新バージョンは次の場所から入手可能である。"
diff --git a/po/pl.gmo b/po/pl.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46121ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/pl.gmo
diff --git a/po/pl.po b/po/pl.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97d46d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/pl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+# Polish translation for help2man.
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Jakub Bogusz <qboosh@pld-linux.org>, 2003-2012.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-08 23:16+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-05 21:09+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jakub Bogusz <qboosh@pld-linux.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Polish <translation-team-pl@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"Language: pl\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-2\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Ten program jest darmowy; warunki kopiowania s� opisane w �r�d�ach.\n"
+"Autorzy nie daj� �ADNYCH gwarancji, w tym r�wnie� gwarancji PRZYDATNO�CI\n"
+"DO SPRZEDA�Y LUB DO KONKRETNYCH CEL�W.\n"
+"\n"
+"Program napisa� Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"`%s' generuje stron� podr�cznika z wyj�cia `--help' i `--version'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sk�adnia: %s [OPCJA]... PROGRAM\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=�A�CUCH      opis akapitu NAZWA\n"
+" -s, --section=SEKCJA    numer sekcji dla strony podr�cznika (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEKST      nazwa podr�cznika (Polecenia u�ytkownika, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEKST      pochodzenie programu (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=�A�CUCH    ustawienie lokalizacji (domy�lnie \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=PLIK      do��czenie materia�u z `PLIKU'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=PLIK  do��czenie materia�u z `PLIKU', je�li takowy "
+"istnieje\n"
+" -o, --output=PLIK       zapisanie wyj�cia do `PLIKU'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEKST   nazwa podr�cznika Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info           pomini�cie wskazania do podr�cznika Texinfo\n"
+" -l, --libtool           pomini�cie `lt-' z nazwy programu\n"
+"     --help              wy�wietlenie tego opisu i zako�czenie pracy\n"
+"     --version           wy�wietlenie numeru wersji i zako�czenie pracy\n"
+"\n"
+"PROGRAM powinien przyjmowa� opcje `--help' oraz `--version' i wypisywa�\n"
+"informacje na standardowe wyj�cie, aczkolwiek mo�na poda� alternatywne\n"
+"sposoby dzia�ania przy pomocy:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=�A�CUCH     �a�cuch opcji pomocy\n"
+" -v, --version-option=�A�CUCH  �a�cuch opcji wersji\n"
+" --version-string=�A�CUCH      �a�cuch wersji\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr           do��czenie stderr przy analizie wyj�cia\n"
+"\n"
+"B��dy prosimy zg�asza� na adres <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: nie mo�na otworzy� `%s' (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: nie znaleziono poprawnej informacji w `%s'"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%B %Y"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: nie mo�na usun�� %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: nie mo�na utworzy� %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NAZWA"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- strona podr�cznika dla %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Narz�dzia administracyjne"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Gry"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Polecenia u�ytkownika"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Sk�adnia|U�ycie"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "lub|albo"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "SK�ADNIA"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "OPIS"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr ""
+"B��dy +(w +[\\w-]+ +)?+(prosz�|prosimy) +zg�asza� +na +adres|Raporty +o "
+"+b��dach +wysy�aj +do"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Napisany +przez|Program +napisa(�a?|li)"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opcje"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "�rodowisko"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Pliki"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Przyk�ady"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Ten +program +jest +darmowy"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "OPCJE"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "�RODOWISKO"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "PLIKI"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "PRZYK�ADY"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "ZG�ASZANIE B��D�W"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "AUTOR"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK�E"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Pe�na dokumentacja dla programu\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"jest utrzymywana jako podr�cznik Texinfo. Je�li programy\n"
+".B info\n"
+"oraz\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"s� w�a�ciwie zainstalowane, polecenie\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"powinno udost�pni� kompletny podr�cznik.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: b��d zapisu do %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: nie mo�na uzyska� informacji `%s' z %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+"Opcja `--no-discard-stderr' pomo�e, je�li program wypisuje opis na stderr"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Plik do��czany do strony podr�cznika help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- generowanie prostej strony podr�cznika"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "DO��CZANE PLIKI"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Do generowanego pliku mo�na do��czy� dodatkowy materia� przy pomocy\n"
+"opcji\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"i\n"
+".BR \\-\\-opt\\-include .\n"
+"Format jest prosty:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [sekcja]\n"
+"    tekst\n"
+"\n"
+"    /wzorzec/\n"
+"    tekst\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Bloki sformatowanego tekstu *roff s� wstawiane do wyj�cia na pocz�tku\n"
+"podanej\n"
+".BI [ sekcji ]\n"
+"(bez rozr�niania wielko�ci liter) lub po akapicie pasuj�cym do\n"
+".BI / wzorca /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Wzorce zapisuje si� przy u�yciu sk�adni perlowych wyra�e� regularnych\n"
+"i mo�na je zako�czy� modyfikatorami\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"lub\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(patrz\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Linie przed pierwsz� sekcj� lub wzorzec zaczynaj�cy si� od `\\-' s�\n"
+"przetwarzane jako opcje. Ca�a reszta jest po cichu ignorowana i mo�e\n"
+"by� u�ywana jako komentarze, s�owa kluczowe RCS itp.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Kolejno�� sekcji na wyj�ciu to:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "inne"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Ka�da sekcja\n"
+".B [nazwa]\n"
+"lib\n"
+".B [sk�adnia]\n"
+"wyst�puj�ca w pliku do��czanym zast�puje to, co zosta�oby automatycznie\n"
+"wyprodukowane (aczkolwiek mo�na w razie potrzeby obej�� to zachowanie przez\n"
+".B --name\n"
+").\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Inne sekcje s� do��czane do automatycznie generowanego wyj�cia\n"
+"w przypadku standardowych, wy�ej wymienionych sekcji lub w��czane\n"
+"w miejscu\n"
+".I inne\n"
+"(jak wy�ej) w kolejno�ci, w jakiej wyst�pi�y w do��czanym pliku.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "DOST�PNO��"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Najnowsza wersja tego oprogramowania jest dost�pna pod:"
diff --git a/po/pt_BR.gmo b/po/pt_BR.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..909670b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/pt_BR.gmo
diff --git a/po/pt_BR.po b/po/pt_BR.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e968f90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/pt_BR.po
@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
+# Brazilian Portuguese translation of help2man.
+# Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Rodolfo Ribeiro Gomes <rodolforg@gmail.com>, 2009, 2011.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-08 23:16+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-20 12:33+1000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Rodolfo Ribeiro Gomes <rodolforg@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <ldp-br@bazar.conectiva.com.br>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Este é um software livre; veja o código-fonte para as condições de cópia.\n"
+"NÃO HÁ GARANTIAS; nem mesmo para COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou ADAPTAÇÃO PARA UM\n"
+"FIM ESPECÍFICO.\n"
+"\n"
+"Escrito por Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" gera uma página de manual (man page) a partir da saída das opções\n"
+"\"--help\" e \"--version\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Uso: %s [OPÇÃO]... EXECUTÁVEL\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=TEXTO        descrição para o parágrafo NOME\n"
+" -s, --section=SEÇÃO     número da seção para a página do manual (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXTO      nome do manual (Comandos do usuário, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXTO      origem do programa (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=TEXTO      seleciona a localidade (padrão: \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=ARQUIVO   inclui o material de \"ARQUIVO\"\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=ARQUIVO  inclui o material de \"ARQUIVO\", se ele "
+"existir\n"
+" -o, --output=ARQUIVO    envia a saída para ARQUIVO\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXTO   nome do manual Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suprime o apontador para o manual Texinfo\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclui a parte \"lt-\" do nome do programa\n"
+"     --help              emite esta ajuda e sai\n"
+"     --version           emite o número da versão e sai\n"
+"\n"
+"O EXECUTÁVEL deveria aceitar as opções \"--help\" e \"--version\" e produzir "
+"a\n"
+"saída para a saída padrão, embora alternativas podem ser especificadas "
+"usando:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=TEXTO      o texto para a opção de ajuda\n"
+" -v, --version-option=TEXTO   o texto para a opção de versão\n"
+" --version-string=TEXTO       o texto da versão\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          inclui o texto no erro padrão ao analisar a\n"
+"                                saída das opções\n"
+"\n"
+"Relate problemas para <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: não é possível abrir \"%s\" (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: não foi encontrada uma informação válida em \"%s\""
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%B de %Y"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: não é possível excluir %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: não é possível criar %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NOME"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- página de manual para %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Utilitários administrativos do sistema"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Jogos"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Comandos de usuário"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Uso"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "ou"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "SINOPSE"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr ""
+"Relate +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?problemas|Relate +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Relate +(?:"
+"[\\w-]+ +)?defeitos|Envie +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?relatório +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?problemas|"
+"Envie +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?relatório +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Envie +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?"
+"relatório +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?defeitos|Reporte +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Reporte +(?:"
+"[\\w-]+ +)?problemas"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Escrito +por"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opções"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Ambiente"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Arquivos"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Exemplos"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Este +é +um +software +livre"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "OPÇÕES"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "AMBIENTE"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "ARQUIVOS"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "EXEMPLOS"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "DIREITOS AUTORAIS"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "RELATANDO PROBLEMAS"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "AUTOR"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "VEJA TAMBÉM"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"A documentação completa para\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"é mantida como um manual Texinfo. Se \n"
+".B info\n"
+"e os programas\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"estiverem instalados apropriadamente em sua máquina, o comando\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"deveria lhe fornecer acesso ao manual completo.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: erro ao escrever em %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: não é possível obter informações \"%s\" do programa %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+"Experimente \"--no-discard-stderr\" se a opção emite texto para a saída de "
+"erro padrão"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Arquivo de inclusão para a página de manual do help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- gera uma página de manual simples"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "ARQUIVOS INCLUSOS"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Materiais adicionais podem ser incluídos na saída gerada com as opções\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"e\n"
+".BR \\-\\-opt\\-include .\n"
+"O formato é simples:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [seção]\n"
+"    texto\n"
+"\n"
+"    /padrão/\n"
+"    texto\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Blocos de texto *roff literais são inseridos na saída ou no início de\n"
+"uma dada\n"
+".BI [ seção ]\n"
+"(indiferente à maiusculização), ou após um parágrafo que coincida com o\n"
+".BI / padrão /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Os padrões usam a sintaxe Perl de expressão regular e podem ser seguidos\n"
+"pelos modificadores\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"ou\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(veja\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"As linhas antes da primeira seção ou de um padrão que comece com\n"
+"\"\\-\" são processados como opções. Qualquer outra coisa é ignorada\n"
+"silenciosamente e pode ser usada para comentários, palavras-chaves\n"
+"RCS e coisas do tipo.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "A ordem da saída das seções é:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "outra"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Quaisquer seções\n"
+".B [nome]\n"
+"ou\n"
+".B [sinopse]\n"
+"que apareçam no arquivo de inclusão substituirá o que seria\n"
+"produzido automaticamente (embora você ainda possa sobrepor\n"
+"o primeiro com\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"se necessário).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Outras seções são acrescentadas antes da saída produzida automaticamente\n"
+"para as seções padrões citadas acima ou inclusas na posição\n"
+".I outra\n"
+"(acima) na ordem em que elas forem encontradas no arquivo de inclusão.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "DISPONIBILIDADE"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "A última versão desta distribuição está disponível on-line em:"
diff --git a/po/ru.gmo b/po/ru.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cee4afb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/ru.gmo
diff --git a/po/ru.po b/po/ru.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7512327
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/ru.po
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+# translation of help2man-1.38.1.ru.po to Russian
+# Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+#
+# Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>, 2010, 2011, 2012.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-08 23:16+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-07 09:29+0400\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian <gnu@mx.ru>\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Это свободное ПО; условия копирования см. в исходном коде.\n"
+"Нет НИКАКИХ ГАРАНТИЙ; даже подразумеваемыми гарантиями\n"
+"КОММЕРЧЕСКОЙ ЦЕННОСТИ и ПРИГОДНОСТИ ДЛЯ КОНКРЕТНОЙ ЦЕЛИ.\n"
+"\n"
+"Автор: Брэндон О'Ди (Brendan O'Dea) <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s генерирует справочную страницу исходя из результатов --help и --version.\n"
+"\n"
+"Использование: %s [ПАРАМЕТР]... ИСПОЛНЯЕМЫЙ_ФАЙЛ\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=СТРОКА       описание для параграфа ИМЯ\n"
+" -s, --section=РАЗДЕЛ    номер раздела справочной страницы (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=ТЕКСТ      имя справочника (Пользовательские команды, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=ТЕКСТ      источник программы (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=СТРОКА     задать локаль (по умолчанию «C»)\n"
+" -i, --include=ФАЙЛ      включить материал из ФАЙЛА\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=ФАЙЛ  включить материал из ФАЙЛА, если он есть\n"
+" -o, --output=ФАЙЛ       записать результат в ФАЙЛ\n"
+" -p, --info-page=ТЕКСТ   имя справочника Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info           не выдавать указатель на справочник Texinfo\n"
+" -l, --libtool           исключить lt- из имени программы\n"
+"     --help              показать эту справку и закончить работу\n"
+"     --version           показать номер версии и закончить работу\n"
+"\n"
+"ИСПОЛНЯЕМЫЙ_ФАЙЛ должен принимать параметры --help и --version и выдавать\n"
+"результат в стандартный вывод, но можно указать альтернативные параметры:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=СТРОКА     строка параметра для получения справки\n"
+" -v, --version-option=СТРОКА  строка параметра для получения версии\n"
+" --version-string=СТРОКА      строка версии\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          анализировать stderr при разборе\n"
+"                              результатов параметра\n"
+"\n"
+"Об ошибках сообщайте по адресу: <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не удалось открыть «%s» (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: не найдено допустимой информации в «%s»"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%x"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не удалось удалить %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не удалось создать %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "ИМЯ"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- справочная страница для %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Утилиты управления системой"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Игры"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Пользовательские команды"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Использование"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "или"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "ОБЗОР"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "ОПИСАНИЕ"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Об ошибках сообщайте по адресу:"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Автор:"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Параметры"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Окружение"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Файлы"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Примеры"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Это +свободное +ПО"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "ОКРУЖЕНИЕ"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "ФАЙЛЫ"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "ПРИМЕРЫ"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "СООБЩЕНИЯ ОБ ОШИБКАХ"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "АВТОР"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "СМОТРИТЕ ТАКЖЕ"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Полная документация на\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"ведётся в справочнике Texinfo. Если программы\n"
+".B info\n"
+"и\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"установлены, то по команде\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"можно получить доступ к полному справочнику.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: ошибка записи в %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: не удалось получить информацию «%s» из %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+"Попробуйте --no-discard-stderr, если параметр выводит результат в stderr"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Включаемый файл в справочную страницу help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- генерирует простую справочную страницу"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "ВКЛЮЧЁННЫЕ ФАЙЛЫ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"В генерируемый результат может быть включён дополнительный материал\n"
+"с помощью параметра\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"и\n"
+".BR \\-\\-opt\\-include .\n"
+"Формат прост:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [раздел]\n"
+"    текст\n"
+"\n"
+"    /шаблон/\n"
+"    текст\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Блоки *roff текста вставляются в результат дословно или в\n"
+"начало заданного\n"
+".BI [ раздела ]\n"
+"(регистр неважен), или после параграфа, подходящего под\n"
+".BI / шаблон /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"В шаблонах используется синтаксис регулярных выражений Perl, и они могут\n"
+"указываться после модификаторов\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"или\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(см.\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Строки перед первым разделом или шаблоном, который начинается с «\\-»\n"
+"обрабатываются как параметры. Всё остальное просто игнорируется и может\n"
+"быть использованы как комментарии, ключи RCS и т.д.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Порядок вывода разделов (для включённых):"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "другой"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Любые появляющиеся во включаемом файле разделы\n"
+".B [ИМЯ]\n"
+"или\n"
+".B [ОБЗОР]\n"
+"будут заменены на автоматически создаваемые\n"
+"(хотя вы всё равно можете перезаписать первый\n"
+"с помощью параметра\n"
+".B --name\n"
+").\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Другие разделы добавляются к автоматически созданным\n"
+"стандартным разделам, указанным ранее, или включаются на место\n"
+".I другого\n"
+"(выше) в порядке, в котором они расположены во включаемом файле.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "ДОСТУПНОСТЬ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Последняя версия этого дистрибутива доступна под адресу:"
diff --git a/po/sr.gmo b/po/sr.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a59781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/sr.gmo
diff --git a/po/sr.po b/po/sr.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec066ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/sr.po
@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+# Serbian translation of help2man.
+# Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Мирослав Николић <miroslavnikolic@rocketmail.com>, 2011, 2012.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man-1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-03 10:13+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-02 10:03+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Мирослав Николић <miroslavnikolic@rocketmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Serbian <gnu@prevod.org>\n"
+"Language: sr\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ГНУ %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Ауторска права (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, "
+"2009, 2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Задужбина слободног софтвера, Инц.\n"
+"Ово је слободан софтвер; погледајте извор за услове умножавања.  Нема "
+"НИКАКВЕ\n"
+"гаранције; чак ни за ТРЖИШНУ ВРЕДНОСТ или ПРИЛАГОЂЕНОСТИ ПОСЕБНОЈ НАМЕНИ.\n"
+"\n"
+"Написао је Брендан О'Деа <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“ ствара странице упутства из „--help“ и „--version“ излаза.\n"
+"\n"
+"Употреба: %s [ОПЦИЈА]... ИЗВРШНИ\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=НИСКА            опис пасуса НАЗИВ\n"
+" -s, --section=ОДЕЉАК        број одељка за страницу упутства (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=ТЕКСТ          назив упутства (Корисничке наредбе, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=ТЕКСТ          извор програма (3ЦЦ, Дебијан, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=НИСКА          бира локалитет (основно је \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=ДАТОТЕКА      укључује материјал из „ДАТОТЕКЕ“\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=ДАТОТЕКА  укључује материјал из ДАТОТЕКЕ ако постоји\n"
+" -o, --output=ДАТОТЕКА       шаље излаз у ДАТОТЕКУ\n"
+" -p, --info-page=ТЕКСТ       назив Тексинфо упутства\n"
+" -N, --no-info               потискује указивач на Тексинфо упутства\n"
+" -l, --libtool               искључује „lt-“ из назива програма\n"
+"     --help                  исписује ову помоћ, затим излази\n"
+"     --version               исписује број издања, затим излази\n"
+"\n"
+"ИЗВРШНИ треба да прихвати „--help“ и „--version“ опције и да произведе "
+"излаз\n"
+"на стандардном излазу иако алтернативе могу бити наведене користећи:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=НИСКА     ниска опције помоћи\n"
+" -v, --version-option=НИСКА  ниска опције издања\n"
+" --version-string=НИСКА      ниска издања\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr         укључује стандардну грешку при обради излаза "
+"опције\n"
+"\n"
+"Грешке пријавите на <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не могу да отворим „%s“ (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: нисам пронашао исправне информације у „%s“"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%B %Y."
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не могу да поништим везу „%s“ (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не могу да направим „%s“ (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "НАЗИВ"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\— страница упутства за %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Помагала за администрацију система"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Игре"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Корисничке наредбе"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Употреба"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "или"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "УВОД"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "ОПИС"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Пријавите +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?грешке|Пошаљите +извештаје +о +грешкама +на"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Написали +су"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Опције"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Окружење"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Датотеке"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Примери"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Ово +је +слободан +софтвер"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "ОПЦИЈЕ"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "ОКРУЖЕЊЕ"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "ДАТОТЕКЕ"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "ПРИМЕРИ"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "АУТОРСКА ПРАВА"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "ПРИЈАВЉИВАЊЕ ГРЕШАКА"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "АУТОР"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "ПОГЛЕДАЈТЕ ТАКОЂЕ"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Потпуна документација за\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"је одржавана као Тексинфо упутство.  Ако су\n"
+".B инфо\n"
+"и\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"исправно инсталирани на вашем сајту, наредба\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B инфо %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"треба да вам да приступ потпуном упутству.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: грешка приликом писања у %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: не могу да добавим „%s“ инфо са %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+"Покушајте „--no-discard-stderr“ ако опција шаље резултат у стандардну грешку"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Укључи датотеку за страницу упутства хелп2мана"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\— ствара страницу упутства"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "УКЉУЧИ ДАТОТЕКЕ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Додатни материјал може бити укључен у створени резултат употребом\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"и\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"опцијом.  Облик је једноставан:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [одељак]\n"
+"    текст\n"
+"\n"
+"    /шаблон/\n"
+"    текст\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Блокови дословног *рофф текста су уметнути у резултату било на\n"
+"почетку датог\n"
+".BI [ одељка ]\n"
+"(неосетљив на величину слова), или након поклапања пасуса са\n"
+".BI / шаблоном /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Шаблони користе синтаксу регуларног израза Перла и за њима могу да\n"
+"стоје\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"или\n"
+".I m\n"
+"измењивачи (погледајте\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Редови пре првог одељка или шаблона који почињу са „\\-“ се\n"
+"обрађују као опције.  Све остало се немо занемарује и може бити\n"
+"коришћено за напомене, РЦС кључне речи и слично.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Поредак резултата одељка (за оне укључене) је:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "остало"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Сваки\n"
+".B [НАЗИВ]\n"
+"или\n"
+".B [УВОД]\n"
+"одељак који се појави у датотеци укључивања ће заменити оно што је\n"
+"самостално произведено (ипак можете још увек да прескочите\n"
+"модел са\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"ако је затражено).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Остали одељци су прикачени самостално произведеном резултату за\n"
+"стандардне одељке дате изнад, или укључени у\n"
+".I осталим\n"
+"(изнад) по редоследу како су проналажени у датотеци укључивања.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "ДОСТУПНОСТ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Најновије издање ове расподеле је доступно на мрежи са:"
diff --git a/po/sv.gmo b/po/sv.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdda954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/sv.gmo
diff --git a/po/sv.po b/po/sv.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e02751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/sv.po
@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
+# Swedish translation for help2man
+# Copyright (c) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>, 2006.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.36.3\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-08 23:16+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-23 20:33+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"
+"Language: sv\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"Det här är fri programvara; se källkoden för kopieringsvillkor.  Det finns "
+"INGEN\n"
+"garanti; inte ens för SÄLJBARHET eller LÄMPLIGHET FÖR SPECIELLT ÄNDAMÅL.\n"
+"\n"
+"Skrivet av Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, fuzzy, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" genererar en manualsida av utdata från \"--help\" och \"--version\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Användning: %s [FLAGGA]... STARTBAR FIL\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRÄNG       beskrivning för NAMN-paragrafen\n"
+" -s, --section=SEKTION   sektionsnummer för manualsida (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       namn på manual (Användarkommandon, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       programkälla (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRÄNG     välj lokal (förval \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FIL       inkludera material från \"FIL\"\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FIL   inkludera material från \"FIL\" om den existerar\n"
+" -o, --output=FIL        skicka utdata till \"FIL\"\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    namn på Texinfo-manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           tysta ned pekare till Texinfo-manual\n"
+"     --help              skriv ut den här hjälpen, sedan avsluta\n"
+"     --version           skriv ut versionsnummer, sedan avsluta\n"
+"\n"
+"STARTBAR FIL bör acceptera flaggorna \"--help\" och \"--version\" även om\n"
+"alternativ kan anges med:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRÄNG     sträng för hjälpflagga\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRÄNG  sträng för versionsflagga\n"
+"\n"
+"Rapportera fel till <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+"Skicka synpunkter på översättningen till <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: kan inte öppna \"%s\" (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: ingen giltig information funnen i \"%s\""
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: kan inte avlänka %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: kan inte skapa %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NAMN"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- manualsida för %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Systemadministrationsverktyg"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Spel"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Användarkommandon"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Användning"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "eller"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "BESKRIVNING"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Rapportera +fel|E-post +fel +rapport +till"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Skrivet +av"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Alternativ"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Exempel"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Det +här +är +fri +programvara"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "FLAGGOR"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "EXEMPEL"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "RAPPORTERA FEL"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "UPPHOVSMAN"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "SE OCKSÅ"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Den fullständiga dokumentationen för\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"underhålls som en Texinfo-manual.\n"
+"Om den\n"
+".B info\n"
+"och\n"
+"B. %s\n"
+"programmen är ordentligt installerade på ditt system, kommandot\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B information %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"bör ge dig tillgång till den kompletta manualen.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: fel vid skrivning till %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: kan inte få \"%s\" info från %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- generera en enkel manualsida"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "INKLUDERA FILER"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Ytterligare material kan inkluderas i den genererade utskriften med "
+"flaggorna\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"och\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"Formatet är enkelt:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [sektion]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /mönster/\n"
+"    text\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Block av *roff-text infogas ord för ord i utskriften antingen vid\n"
+"början av angiven\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(okänslig för skiftläge), eller efter en paragraf som matchar\n"
+".BI / mönster /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Mönster använder Perls syntax för reguljära uttryck och kan efterföljas av "
+"modifierarna\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"eller\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(se\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Rader före den första sektionen eller mönstret som börjar med \"\\-\"\n"
+"behandlas som flaggor.  Allt annat ignoreras tyst och kan användas\n"
+"för kommentarer, RCS-nyckelord och liknande.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Ordning på sektionsutskriften är:"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "övrigt"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Alla sektioner\n"
+".B [namn]\n"
+"eller\n"
+".B [synopsis]\n"
+"som visas i inkluderingsfilen kommer att ersätta vad som skulle\n"
+"automatiskt bli producerat (även om du fortfarande kan åsidosätta\n"
+"de senare med\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"om det krävs).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Andra sektioner läggs till i början av den automatiskt producerade "
+"utskriften\n"
+"för standardsektionerna angivna ovan, eller inkluderas vid\n"
+".I övrigt\n"
+"(ovan) i den ordning de påträffades i inkluderingsfilen.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "TILLGÄNGLIGHET"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Senaste versionen av den här utgåvan finns tillgänglig online från:"
diff --git a/po/uk.gmo b/po/uk.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e81cdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/uk.gmo
diff --git a/po/uk.po b/po/uk.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1760dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/uk.po
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+# Ukrainian translation for help2man.
+# Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+#
+# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2011, 2012.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man 1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-08 23:16+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-06 06:25+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation-team-uk@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"Language: uk\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"© Free Software Foundation, Inc., 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, "
+"2004, 2005, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012\n"
+"Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови копіювання викладено у його "
+"початкових кодах. Умовами ліцензування програми НЕ передбачено жодних "
+"гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або придатності для певної мети.\n"
+"\n"
+"Автором програми є Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s створює сторінку довідника (man) на основі даних виконання програми з "
+"параметрами --help та --version.\n"
+"\n"
+"Використання: %s [ПАРАМЕТР]... ВИКОНУВАНИЙ_ФАЙЛ\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=РЯДОК        опис для розділу НАЗВА\n"
+" -s, --section=РОЗДІЛ    номер розділу для сторінки довідника (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=ТЕКСТ      назва довідника (Команди користувача...)\n"
+" -S, --source=ТЕКСТ      джерело програми (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=РЯДОК      вибрати локаль (типове значення \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=ФАЙЛ      включити матеріали з ФАЙЛа\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=ФАЙЛ  включити матеріали з ФАЙЛа, якщо такий існує\n"
+" -o, --output=ФАЙЛ       надіслати виведені дані до ФАЙЛа\n"
+" -p, --info-page=ТЕКСТ   назва довідника Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info           придушити посилання на підручник Texinfo\n"
+" -l, --libtool           виключити «lt-» з назви програми\n"
+"     --help              показати ці довідкові дані, потім завершити роботу\n"
+"     --version           показати дані щодо версії, потім завершити роботу\n"
+"\n"
+"У ВИКОНУВАНОМУ_ФАЙЛІ має бути передбачено використання параметрів «--help» "
+"та «--version» з виведенням\n"
+"даних до stdout. Ви можете внести зміни до цих типових вимог за допомогою "
+"таких параметрів:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=РЯДОК      рядок параметра виведення довідкових даних\n"
+" -v, --version-option=РЯДОК   рядок параметра виведення даних щодо версії\n"
+" --version-string=РЯДОК       рядок версії\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          використовувати дані зі stderr під час обробки "
+"виведених даних\n"
+"\n"
+"Про вади повідомляйте на адресу <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не вдалося відкрити «%s» (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: у `%s' не виявлено належних даних"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%x"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не вдалося вилучити %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: не вдалося створити %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "НАЗВА"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\— сторінка довідника для %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Інструменти системного адміністрування"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Ігри"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Команди користувача"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Використання"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "або"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "КОРОТКИЙ ОПИС"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "ОПИС"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Про +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?вади повідомляйте|Надсилайте +звіти +щодо +вад"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Автор —"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Параметри"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Середовище"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Файли"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Приклади"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Це +вільне +програмне +забезпечення"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРИ"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "СЕРЕДОВИЩЕ"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "ФАЙЛИ"
+
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "ПРИКЛАДИ"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "Авторські права"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "Як надіслати звіт про вади"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "АВТОР"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "ТАКОЖ ПЕРЕГЛЯНЬТЕ"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Повноцінну документацію з\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"можна знайти у довіднику Texinfo. Якщо у вашій системі встановлено\n"
+".B info\n"
+"та\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"за допомогою команди\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"ви зможете отримати доступ до повноцінного підручника.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: помилка під час спроби запису до %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: не вдалося отримати дані «%s» з %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+"Спробуйте додати параметр «--no-discard-stderr», якщо параметри виводить "
+"дані до stderr"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Файл-включення сторінки довідника (man) help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\— програма для створення простих сторінок довідника"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "ФАЙЛИ-ВКЛЮЧЕННЯ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Включити додаткові матеріали до створеної сторінки можна за допомогою "
+"параметрів\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"та\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"Формат включених даних доволі простий:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [розділ]\n"
+"    текст\n"
+"\n"
+"    /шаблон/\n"
+"    текст\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Блоки тексту *roff вставляються до виведених даних або на початку вказаного\n"
+".BI [ розділу ]\n"
+"(без врахування регістру), або після абзацу, що відповідає\n"
+".BI / шаблону /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"У шаблонах слід використовувати синтаксис формальних виразів\n"
+"за ними можна вказувати модифікатори\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(див.\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Рядки перед першим розділом або шаблоном, які починаються з набору символів "
+"«\\-»,\n"
+"вважаються визначеннями параметрів. Всі інші такі рядки буде проігноровано,\n"
+"ними можна скористатися для коментування, ключових слів RCS тощо.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Порядок виведення розділів (для включених розділів):"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "інше"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Будь-які розділи\n"
+".B [НАЗВА]\n"
+"або\n"
+".B [КОРОТКИЙ ОПИС]\n"
+"вказані у включеному файлі, замінять собою відповідні розділи,\n"
+"створені у автоматичному режимі. Ви можете зберегти перший з цих\n"
+"розділів за допомогою параметра\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"якщо захочете.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Інші розділи буде додано перед автоматично створеними даними стандартних\n"
+"розділів, вказаних вище, або буде включено до\n"
+".I іншого\n"
+"(вище) у порядку, у якому їх вказано у файлі-включенні.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "ДОСТУП ДО ПРОГРАМИ"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Найсвіжішу версію цього пакунка можна знайти у інтернеті:"
diff --git a/po/vi.gmo b/po/vi.gmo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ac5fe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/vi.gmo
diff --git a/po/vi.po b/po/vi.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1183c42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/vi.po
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+# Vietnamese translation for Help2Man.
+# Copyright © 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the help2man package.
+# Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>, 2010.
+# Trần Ngọc Quân <vnwildman@gmail.com>, 2012.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: help2man-1.40.7\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Brendan O'Dea <bug-help2man@gnu.org>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-20 22:35+1000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-16 07:31+0700\n"
+"Last-Translator: Trần Ngọc Quân <vnwildman@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Vietnamese <translation-team-vi@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"Language: vi\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+"X-Generator: LocFactoryEditor 1.8\n"
+"X-Poedit-Language: Vietnamese\n"
+"X-Poedit-Country: VIET NAM\n"
+"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+
+#: help2man:68
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+"\n"
+"Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"GNU %s %s\n"
+"\n"
+"Tác quyền (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2009, "
+"2010,\n"
+"2011, 2012 Tổ chức Phần mềm Tự do.\n"
+"Đây là phần mềm miễn phí; xem trong mã nguồn để biết các điều khoản về sao "
+"chép.  Đây KHÔNG\n"
+"bảo hành; thậm chí còn có thể BÁN ĐƯỢC hay PHÙ HỢP VỚI MỤC ĐÍCH ĐẶC THÙ.\n"
+"\n"
+"Viết bởi Brendan O'Dea <bod@debian.org>\n"
+
+#: help2man:79
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"`%s' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.\n"
+"\n"
+"Usage: %s [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=STRING       description for the NAME paragraph\n"
+" -s, --section=SECTION   section number for manual page (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TEXT       name of manual (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       source of program (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=STRING     select locale (default \"C\")\n"
+" -i, --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TEXT    name of Texinfo manual\n"
+" -N, --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual\n"
+" -l, --libtool           exclude the `lt-' from the program name\n"
+"     --help              print this help, then exit\n"
+"     --version           print version number, then exit\n"
+"\n"
+"EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `--version' options and produce output "
+"on\n"
+"stdout although alternatives may be specified using:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=STRING     help option string\n"
+" -v, --version-option=STRING  version option string\n"
+" --version-string=STRING      version string\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          include stderr when parsing option output\n"
+"\n"
+"Report bugs to <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"« %s » tạo một trang hướng dẫn dựa vào kết xuất của tuỳ chọn\n"
+"`--help' (trợ giúp) và `--version' (phiên bản).\n"
+"\n"
+"Sử dụng: %s [TÙY_CHỌN]... TÊN-LỆNH\n"
+"\n"
+" -n, --name=CHUỖI       mô tả cho đoạn văn TÊN (NAME)\n"
+" -s, --section=PHẦN   số thứ tự phần cho trang hướng dẫn (1, 6, 8)\n"
+" -m, --manual=TÊN       tên của trang hướng dẫn (User Commands, ...)\n"
+" -S, --source=TEXT       nguồn của chương trình (FSF, Debian, ...)\n"
+" -L, --locale=CHUỖI     chọn miền địa phương (mặc định \"C\";\n"
+"\t\tđối với tiếng Việt thì là « vi_VN.UTF-8 »)\n"
+" -i, --include=TỆP      bao gồm dữ liệu từ tập tin này\n"
+" -I, --opt-include=TỆP  bao gồm dữ liệu từ tập tin này nếu có\n"
+" -o, --output=TỆP       gửi kết xuất cho tập tin này\n"
+" -p, --info-page=TÊN    tên của trang hướng dẫn loại Texinfo\n"
+" -N, --no-info           thu hồi cái chỉ tới trang hướng dẫn Texinfo\n"
+" -l, --libtool           loại trừ `lt-' từ tên của chương trình\n"
+"     --help              hiển thị trợ giúp này, sau đó thoát\n"
+"     --version           hiển thị số thứ tự phiên bản, sau đó thoát\n"
+"\n"
+"TÊN-LỆNH có thể chấp nhận hai tuỳ chọn `--help' và `--version' và sản sinh "
+"kết xuất\n"
+"qua đầu ra tiêu chuẩn (stdout) mặc dù cũng có thể ghi rõ thêm tuỳ chọn:\n"
+"\n"
+" -h, --help-option=CHUỖI     \tchuỗi là tuỳ chọn trợ giúp\n"
+" -v, --version-option=CHUỖI  \tchuỗi là tuỳ chọn phiên bản\n"
+" --version-string=CHUỖI      \tchuỗi phiên bản\n"
+" --no-discard-stderr          \t\tbao gồm cả kết xuất từ đầu ra lỗi tiêu "
+"chuẩn\n"
+"\t\t\tkhi phân tích cú pháp của kết xuất tuỳ chọn\n"
+"\n"
+"Thông báo lỗi nào cho <bug-help2man@gnu.org>.\n"
+
+#: help2man:163
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't open `%s' (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: không thể mở « %s » (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:224
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: no valid information found in `%s'"
+msgstr "%s: không tìm thấy thông tin hợp lệ trong « %s »"
+
+#. Translators: the following message is a strftime(3) format string, which in
+#. the English version expands to the month as a word and the full year.  It
+#. is used on the footer of the generated manual pages.  If in doubt, you may
+#. just use %x as the value (which should be the full locale-specific date).
+#: help2man:244
+msgid "%B %Y"
+msgstr "%B %Y"
+
+#: help2man:251
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't unlink %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: không thể bỏ liên kết %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:255
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't create %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s: không thể tạo %s (%s)"
+
+#. Translators: "NAME", "SYNOPSIS" and other one or two word strings in all
+#. upper case are manual page section headings.  The man(1) manual page in your
+#. language, if available should provide the conventional translations.
+#: help2man:297 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:81 help2man.h2m.PL:131
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "TÊN"
+
+#: help2man:309
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s \\- manual page for %s %s"
+msgstr "%s \\- trang hướng dẫn cho %s %s"
+
+#: help2man:323
+msgid "System Administration Utilities"
+msgstr "Tiện ích quản lý hệ thống"
+
+#: help2man:324
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Trò chơi"
+
+#: help2man:325
+msgid "User Commands"
+msgstr "Lệnh người dùng"
+
+#. Translators: "Usage" and "or" here are patterns (regular expressions) which
+#. are used to match the usage synopsis in program output.  An example from cp
+#. (GNU coreutils) which contains both strings:
+#. Usage: cp [OPTION]... [-T] SOURCE DEST
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY
+#. or:  cp [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SOURCE...
+#: help2man:336
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Sử dụng"
+
+#: help2man:337
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "hoặc"
+
+#: help2man:369 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:132
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "TÓM TẮT"
+
+#: help2man:373 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:133
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "MÔ TẢ"
+
+#. Translators: patterns are used to match common program output. In the source
+#. these strings are all of the form of "my $PAT_something = _('...');" and are
+#. regular expressions.  If there is more than one commonly used string, you
+#. may separate alternatives with "|".  Spaces in these expressions are written
+#. as " +" to indicate that more than one space may be matched.  The string
+#. "(?:[\\w-]+ +)?" in the bug reporting pattern is used to indicate an
+#. optional word, so that either "Report bugs" or "Report _program_ bugs" will
+#. be matched.
+#: help2man:398
+msgid "Report +(?:[\\w-]+ +)?bugs|Email +bug +reports +to"
+msgstr "Thông báo lỗi +(?:[\\w-]* +)?|Gửi thư +thông +báo +lỗi +cho"
+
+#: help2man:399
+msgid "Written +by"
+msgstr "Viết +bởi"
+
+#: help2man:400
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Tuỳ chọn"
+
+#: help2man:401
+msgid "Environment"
+msgstr "Môi trường"
+
+#: help2man:402
+msgid "Files"
+msgstr "Tập tin"
+
+#: help2man:403
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Ví dụ"
+
+#: help2man:404
+msgid "This +is +free +software"
+msgstr "Đây +là +phần +mềm +tự +do"
+
+#: help2man:420 help2man:619 help2man.h2m.PL:134
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "TÙY CHỌN"
+
+#: help2man:425 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:135
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "MÔI TRƯỜNG"
+
+#: help2man:430 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:136
+msgid "FILES"
+msgstr "TỆP"
+
+# type: =head1
+#: help2man:435 help2man:620 help2man.h2m.PL:137
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "VÍ DỤ"
+
+#: help2man:442 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:141
+msgid "COPYRIGHT"
+msgstr "BẢN QUYỀN"
+
+#: help2man:448 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:140
+msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
+msgstr "THÔNG BÁO LỖI"
+
+#: help2man:454 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:139
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "TÁC GIẢ"
+
+#: help2man:594 help2man:622 help2man.h2m.PL:142
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "XEM THÊM"
+
+#: help2man:598
+#, perl-format
+msgid ""
+"The full documentation for\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the\n"
+".B info\n"
+"and\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"programs are properly installed at your site, the command\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"should give you access to the complete manual.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Tài liệu hướng dẫn đầy đủ về\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"được bảo tồn dưới dạng một sổ tay Texinfo.\n"
+"Nếu chương trình\n"
+".B info\n"
+"và\n"
+".B %s\n"
+"được cài đặt đúng ở địa chỉ của bạn thì câu lệnh\n"
+".IP\n"
+".B info %s\n"
+".PP\n"
+"nên cho phép bạn truy cập đến sổ tay hoàn toàn.\n"
+
+#: help2man:650
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: error writing to %s (%s)"
+msgstr "%s:  lỗi ghi vào %s (%s)"
+
+#: help2man:667
+#, perl-format
+msgid "%s: can't get `%s' info from %s%s"
+msgstr "%s: không thể lấy thông tin « %s » từ %s%s"
+
+#: help2man:669
+msgid "Try `--no-discard-stderr' if option outputs to stderr"
+msgstr ""
+"Nếu tuỳ chọn xuất qua đầu lỗi tiêu chuẩn thì thử lập cờ « --no-discard-"
+"stderr »"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:76
+msgid "Include file for help2man man page"
+msgstr "Bao gồm tập tin cho trang hướng dẫn về help2man"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:82
+msgid "help2man \\- generate a simple manual page"
+msgstr "help2man \\- tạo một trang hướng dẫn đơn giản"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:85
+msgid "INCLUDE FILES"
+msgstr "TỆP BAO GỒM"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:87
+msgid ""
+"Additional material may be included in the generated output with the\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"and\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"options.  The format is simple:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [section]\n"
+"    text\n"
+"\n"
+"    /pattern/\n"
+"    text\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Cũng có thể bao gồm dữ liệu bổ sung trong kết xuất, dùng tuỳ chọn\n"
+".B \\-\\-include\n"
+"và\n"
+".B \\-\\-opt\\-include\n"
+"Có một định dạng đơn giản:\n"
+"\n"
+"    [phần]\n"
+"    chuỗi\n"
+"\n"
+"    /mẫu/\n"
+"    chuỗi\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:102
+msgid ""
+"Blocks of verbatim *roff text are inserted into the output either at\n"
+"the start of the given\n"
+".BI [ section ]\n"
+"(case insensitive), or after a paragraph matching\n"
+".BI / pattern /\\fR.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Khối văn bản định dạng *roff đúng nguyên văn được chèn vào kết xuất\n"
+"hoặc ở đầu của phần\n"
+".BI [ phần ]\n"
+"(không phân biệt chữ hoa/thường),\n"
+"hoặc đẳng sau một đoạn văn tương ứng với mẫu\n"
+".BI / mẫu /\\fR.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:111
+msgid ""
+"Patterns use the Perl regular expression syntax and may be followed by\n"
+"the\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"or\n"
+".I m\n"
+"modifiers (see\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Mẫu chấp nhận cú pháp của biểu thức chính quy Perl,\n"
+"và cũng cho phép dấu sửa đổi\n"
+".IR i ,\n"
+".I s\n"
+"hay\n"
+".I m\n"
+"(xem\n"
+".BR perlre (1)).\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:123
+msgid ""
+"Lines before the first section or pattern which begin with `\\-' are\n"
+"processed as options.  Anything else is silently ignored and may be\n"
+"used for comments, RCS keywords and the like.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Dòng nào đẳng trước phần đầu tiên hoặc mẫu bắt đầu với « \\- » thì được xử "
+"lý dưới dạng tuỳ chọn. Dữ liệu khác (nếu có) bị bỏ qua mà không xuất chi "
+"tiết, và có thể được sử dụng làm ghi chú, từ khoá RCS v.v.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:129
+msgid "The section output order (for those included) is:"
+msgstr "Thứ tự xuất phần (đã bao gồm):"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:138
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "khác"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:146
+msgid ""
+"Any\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"or\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"sections appearing in the include file will replace what would have\n"
+"automatically been produced (although you can still override the\n"
+"former with\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"if required).\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Bắt cứ phần\n"
+".B [NAME]\n"
+"hoặc\n"
+".B [SYNOPSIS]\n"
+"nào xuất hiện trong tập tin bao gồm thì thay thế kết xuất tự động tạo\n"
+"(dù bạn vẫn còn có dịp ghi đè lên phần [NAME] bằng:\n"
+".B --name\n"
+"nếu cần).\n"
+"\n"
+"NAME: TÊN\n"
+"SYNOPSIS: TÓM TẮT\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:159
+msgid ""
+"Other sections are prepended to the automatically produced output for\n"
+"the standard sections given above, or included at\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(above) in the order they were encountered in the include file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Các phần khác được thêm vào đầu của kết xuất tự động tạo\n"
+"cho những phần tiêu chuẩn đưa ra trên, hoặc được bao gồm tại\n"
+".I other\n"
+"(bên trên) theo thứ tự gặp trong tập tin bao gồm.\n"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:166
+msgid "AVAILABILITY"
+msgstr "TÍNH SẴN SÀNG"
+
+#: help2man.h2m.PL:167
+msgid "The latest version of this distribution is available on-line from:"
+msgstr "Phiên bản mới nhất của bản phân phối này có sẵn sàng trực tuyến từ :"